WO2024055692A1 - Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system - Google Patents

Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024055692A1
WO2024055692A1 PCT/CN2023/103520 CN2023103520W WO2024055692A1 WO 2024055692 A1 WO2024055692 A1 WO 2024055692A1 CN 2023103520 W CN2023103520 W CN 2023103520W WO 2024055692 A1 WO2024055692 A1 WO 2024055692A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdu set
network element
pdu
qos flow
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/103520
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王丹
周汉
魏鑫鹏
李汉成
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024055692A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024055692A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method, communication device and communication system.
  • QoS quality of service
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • QoS flow identifier QFI
  • the service flow of an extended reality (XR) service can be mapped to different QoS flows, including intra-coded picture (I) frames and forward predictive coding pictures (predictive) of the video stream.
  • I intra-coded picture
  • P forward predictive coding pictures
  • the P frames in QoS flow 2 need to depend on belonging to the same group of pictures in QoS flow 1.
  • the I frame or the previous P frame belonging to the same GoP in QoS flow 2 are decoded. Once the transmission of the dependent I frame or P frame fails, the dependent P frame cannot be decoded due to the lack of a reference frame even if the transmission is successful. Therefore, Transmitting these P frames will waste transmission resources.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, communication device and communication system for saving transmission resources.
  • a communication method including: a user plane functional network element receiving a first protocol data unit PDU set of a first service used in a terminal device and a second PDU set of a second service used in the terminal device, Among them, the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; the user plane functional network element sends the first PDU set to the access network element; if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the user plane functional network element The element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the communication method is determined based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. Whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element avoids transmission of the second PDU set but cannot be correctly parsed under any circumstances, thus wasting transmission resources, and therefore can save transmission resources.
  • the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, including: user plane functional network element Resend the first PDU set to the access network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element.
  • the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element. Otherwise, because the second PDU set depends on the first PDU Set, even if the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set, it cannot be correctly parsed by the terminal device, which wastes transmission resources.
  • determining whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element includes: the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element; the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element according to the access network element. Determine whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the air interface congestion information of the network element and/or the attribute information of the second PDU set.
  • the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network network element based on the air interface congestion information of the access network network element, with the purpose of giving priority to ensuring normal network communication.
  • the user plane functional network element determines whether to send data to the access network based on the attribute information of the second PDU set.
  • the network element sends the second PDU set because sometimes it can be determined that the second PDU set is an important PDU set based on the attribute information of the second PDU set, so it sends the second PDU set to the access network element to ensure that the important PDU set transmission. For example, if the second PDU set is a P frame with an earlier time sequence, even if the air interface of the access network element is congested, the user plane functional network element still sends the second PDU set to the access network element.
  • the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element, including: the user plane functional network element receives the air interface congestion information from the access network element or the session management function network element, or , The user plane functional network element obtains air interface congestion information through QoS monitoring. For example, an increase in transmission delay indicates that air interface congestion occurs.
  • the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or based on the attribute information of the second PDU set, including: if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is not congested, the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set to the access network element; or, if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is congested, the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set to the access network element based on the attribute information of the second PDU set. For example, if the air interface of the access network element is congested, but the second PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, the user plane functional network element still sends the second PDU set to the access network element to ensure the transmission of important PDU sets.
  • re-sending the first PDU set to the access network element includes: if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, delaying to the sending time point of the next cycle and re-sending the set of PDUs to the access network element. The network element sends the first PDU set.
  • the data that the access network element expects to receive is periodic, so if the transmission time of the next cycle is not reached, point, the user plane functional network element delays sending the second PDU set to the access network element until the sending time point of the next cycle.
  • sending the second PDU set to the access network element includes: if the sending time point of the next period is not reached, delaying to the sending time point of the next period to the access network element. Send a second set of PDUs.
  • the data that the access network element expects to receive is periodic, so if the transmission time point of the next cycle is not reached, the user plane functional network element is delayed to the next The second PDU set is sent to the access network element at a periodic sending time point.
  • the method further includes: if the user plane functional network element determines not to send the second PDU set to the access network network element, the user plane functional network element sends sleep indication information to the access network network element, and the sleep indication The information is used to indicate not to send the second PDU set to the terminal device at N periodic sending time points in the future, where N is the number of the second PDU set that has been buffered within a period of time.
  • This implementation allows the terminal device to sleep during this period of time without receiving downlink data, thereby reducing power consumption.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the identity of the first QoS flow and the identity of the first PDU set; the method further includes: The user plane functional network element receives a failure indication message from the access network element.
  • the failure indication message includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the failure indication message is used to indicate that the transmission of the first PDU set failed.
  • the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  • This implementation mode enables the access network element to notify the user plane functional network element of the transmission failure of the first PDU set, and further enables the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes an identifier of the first PDU set and an association identifier of the first PDU set that commonly corresponds to the second PDU set; the method also includes: a user plane function
  • the network element receives a failure indication message from the access network element.
  • the failure indication message includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the failure indication message is used to indicate a transmission failure of the first PDU set.
  • the received association identifier and the first PDU set The identifier is used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  • This implementation mode enables the access network element to notify the user plane functional network element of the transmission failure of the first PDU set, and further enables the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  • the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame
  • the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream.
  • the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame
  • the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream
  • the first PDU set is one of video (corresponding to video services), audio (corresponding to audio services) or tactile (corresponding to sensory services) serving the same user
  • the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, and tactile services.
  • a video stream of a service stream if the I frame transmission fails, the P frame that depends on the I frame will not be transmitted even if the transmission is successful. cannot be parsed, and not transmitting P frames can save transmission resources.
  • the enhancement layer that relies on the base layer cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful. Not transmitting the enhancement layer can save transmission resources.
  • multiple terminals receive video, audio, and haptics respectively. If the video transmission fails, the user will not be able to get a complete experience even if the audio and haptics that depend on the video are output. Not transmitting audio and haptics can save transmission resources; or, video If any one of , audio and haptic data is not transmitted successfully, the user will not be able to get a complete experience. Not transmitting the other two types of data can save transmission resources.
  • a communication method including: an access network element receiving a first protocol data unit PDU set of a first service used in a terminal device and a second service used in the terminal device from a user plane functional network element.
  • the second PDU set where the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; the access network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device; if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the access network element
  • the network element entering the network determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the second PDU set avoids wasting transmission resources by transmitting the second PDU set but failing to parse it correctly under any circumstances, so transmission resources can be saved.
  • the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, including: the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the second PDU set.
  • the dependency relationship between the PDU set and the first PDU set resends the first PDU set to the terminal device, and determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device again only after it determines to re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device. Otherwise, because the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, even if the access network Even if the network element sends the second PDU set, it cannot be correctly parsed by the terminal device, which wastes transmission resources.
  • determining whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device includes: the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to air interface congestion information and/or according to attribute information of the second PDU set. Two PDU sets.
  • the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the air interface congestion information of the access network element, with the purpose of giving priority to ensuring normal network communication.
  • the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the attribute information of the second PDU set. The reason is that sometimes it can be determined that the second PDU set is an important PDU set based on the attribute information of the second PDU set, thereby sending the second PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the second PDU set to ensure the transmission of the important PDU set. For example, if the second PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, even if the air interface of the access network element is congested, the access network element still sends the second PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first PDU set dependency information
  • the first PDU set dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the first PDU set
  • the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second PDU set dependency information
  • the second PDU set dependency information includes the first QoS
  • the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • This embodiment provides a way to indicate that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes third PDU set dependency information, and the third PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set;
  • the data packet includes the fourth PDU set dependency information, and the fourth PDU set dependence information includes the association identifier, the identifier of the first PDU set, and the identifier of the second PDU set;
  • the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependency information are To indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • This embodiment provides another way of indicating that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow.
  • the method further includes: the access network element receives the third QoS flow from the session management function network element.
  • First QoS flow dependency information and second QoS flow dependency information or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first QoS flow dependency information, and the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second QoS flow dependency information; wherein , the first QoS flow dependency information includes the identification of the first QoS flow and the first dependence indication information, and the second QoS flow dependence information includes the identification of the first QoS flow, the identification of the second QoS flow and the second dependence indication information,
  • the first dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, and the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets.
  • the first QoS flow The dependency information and the second QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow. Thereby indicating that the second QoS flow is dependent on the first QoS flow.
  • the first QoS flow dependency information also includes an identifier of the second QoS flow. Thereby indicating that the second QoS flow is dependent on the first QoS flow.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow.
  • the method further includes: the access network element receives the third QoS flow from the session management function network element.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set and the data packet carrying the second PDU set include the group identifier, or the data packet carrying the second PDU set also includes the group identifier of the first PDU set. Identification to indicate that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs. Combined with the foregoing description that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow, it is further determined that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set also includes an identifier of the second PDU set. Thereby indicating that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow.
  • the method further includes: the access network element receives the configuration information of the first QoS flow.
  • the configuration information of the first QoS flow includes sharing indication information and QoS parameters, and the sharing indication information is used to indicate that the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow share QoS parameters.
  • the sharing indication information indicates that all QoS flows of the service flow share a certain QoS parameter. For example, assuming that I and P frames belonging to one video stream are mapped to the first QoS stream and the second QoS stream respectively, the sharing indication information can be used to indicate that the two QoS flows jointly use a bandwidth of 10M. If there is no sharing indication information and Indicates that the bandwidth of these two QoS streams is 10M. The video stream will occupy a total of 20M bandwidth, which may easily cause congestion of transmission resources.
  • the sharing indication information is an association identifier or an identifier of the second QoS flow; wherein the association identifier is used to associate all QoS flows that share QoS parameters.
  • This application does not limit the form of sharing instruction information.
  • the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame
  • the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream.
  • the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame
  • the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream
  • the first PDU set is one of video (corresponding to video services), audio (corresponding to audio services) or tactile (corresponding to sensory services) serving the same user
  • the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, and tactile services.
  • a video stream of a service stream if the I frame transmission fails, the P frame that depends on the I frame cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful. Not transmitting the P frame can save transmission resources.
  • the base layer fails to be transmitted, the enhancement layer that relies on the base layer cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful. Not transmitting the enhancement layer can save transmission resources.
  • multiple terminals receive video, audio, and haptics respectively. If the video transmission fails, the user will not be able to get a complete experience even if the audio and haptics that depend on the video are output. Not transmitting audio and haptics can save transmission resources; or, video If any one of , audio and haptic data is not transmitted successfully, the user will not be able to get a complete experience. Not transmitting the other two types of data can save transmission resources.
  • a communication method including: a user plane functional network element receiving a first protocol data unit PDU set of a first service used in a terminal device and a second PDU set of a second service used in the terminal device, Among them, the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; the user plane functional network element sends the first PDU set to the access network network element; the access network network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device ; If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the user plane function network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, including: user plane functional network element Resend the first PDU set to the access network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element.
  • it is determined whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element including: user plane functional network element Obtain the air interface congestion information of the access network element; the user plane function network element determines whether to send the second PDU to the access network element based on the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or based on the attribute information of the second PDU set set.
  • the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element, including: the user plane functional network element receives the air interface congestion information from the access network element or the session management function network element, or , The user plane functional network element obtains air interface congestion information through QoS monitoring.
  • the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or based on the attribute information of the second PDU set, Including: if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is not congested, the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set to the access network element; or, if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is If congestion occurs, the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set to the access network element according to the attribute information of the second PDU set.
  • re-sending the first PDU set to the access network element includes: if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, delaying to the sending time point of the next cycle and re-sending the set of PDUs to the access network element. The network element sends the first PDU set.
  • sending the second PDU set to the access network element includes: if the sending time point of the next period is not reached, delaying to the sending time point of the next period to the access network element. Send a second set of PDUs.
  • the method further includes: if the user plane functional network element determines not to send the second PDU set to the access network network element, the user plane functional network element sends sleep indication information to the access network network element, and the sleep indication The information is used to indicate not to send the second PDU set to the terminal device at N periodic sending time points in the future, where N is the number of the second PDU set that has been buffered within a period of time.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes an identifier of the first QoS flow and an identifier of the first PDU set; the method further includes: user The plane function network element receives a failure indication message from the access network element.
  • the failure indication message includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the failure indication message is used to indicate that the transmission of the first PDU set fails.
  • the identifier of a QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes an identifier of the first PDU set and an association identifier of the first PDU set that commonly corresponds to the second PDU set; the method also includes: a user plane function
  • the network element receives a failure indication message from the access network element.
  • the failure indication message includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the failure indication message is used to indicate a transmission failure of the first PDU set.
  • the received association identifier and the first PDU set The identifier is used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  • the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame
  • the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream.
  • the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame
  • the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream
  • the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptic that serves the same user
  • the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, or haptic.
  • a communication method including: a user plane function network element sending a first protocol data unit PDU set of a first service used in a terminal device and a second service used in the terminal device to an access network element.
  • the second PDU set where the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; the access network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device; if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the access network element
  • the network element entering the network determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, including: the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the second PDU set.
  • the dependency relationship between the PDU set and the first PDU set resends the first PDU set to the terminal device, and determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device.
  • determining whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device includes: the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to air interface congestion information and/or according to attribute information of the second PDU set. Two PDU sets.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first PDU set dependency information
  • the first PDU set dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the first PDU set
  • the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second PDU set dependency information
  • the second PDU set dependency information includes the first QoS
  • the identity of the flow, the identity of the second QoS flow, the identity of the first PDU set and the identity of the second PDU set; the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes third PDU set dependency information, and the third PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set;
  • the data packet includes the fourth PDU set dependency information, and the fourth PDU set dependence information includes the association identifier, the identifier of the first PDU set, and the identifier of the second PDU set;
  • the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependency information are To indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow.
  • the method further includes: the access network element receives the third QoS flow from the session management function network element.
  • First QoS flow dependency information and second QoS flow dependency information or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first QoS flow dependency information, and the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second QoS flow dependency information; wherein , the first QoS flow dependency information includes the identification of the first QoS flow and the first dependence indication information, and the second QoS flow dependence information includes the identification of the first QoS flow, the identification of the second QoS flow and the second dependence indication information,
  • the first dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, and the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets.
  • the first QoS flow The dependency information and the second QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
  • the first QoS flow dependency information also includes an identifier of the second QoS flow.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow.
  • the method further includes: the access network element receives the third QoS flow from the session management function network element.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set and the data packet carrying the second PDU set include the group identifier, or the data packet carrying the second PDU set also includes the group identifier of the first PDU set. Identification to indicate that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set also includes an identifier of the second PDU set.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow.
  • the method further includes: the access network element receives the configuration information of the first QoS flow.
  • the configuration information of the first QoS flow includes sharing indication information and QoS parameters, and the sharing indication information is used to indicate that the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow share QoS parameters.
  • the sharing indication information is an association identifier or an identifier of the second QoS flow; wherein the association identifier is used to associate all QoS flows that share QoS parameters.
  • the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame
  • the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream.
  • the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame
  • the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream
  • the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptic that serves the same user
  • the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, or haptic.
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory. Instructions are stored in the memory. When the processor executes the instructions, the method described in the first to fourth aspects and any one of its implementations is executed.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication system, including the communication device described in the fifth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including instructions that, when executed on a communication device, cause the communication device to execute the method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects and any of the implementations thereof.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided.
  • the communication device causes the communication device to execute the method described in the first aspect and any embodiment thereof.
  • a chip system in a ninth aspect, includes a processor and is used to support a communication device to implement the functions involved in the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects.
  • the device further includes an interface circuit, which can be used to receive signals from other devices (such as a memory) or to send signals to other devices (such as a communication interface).
  • the chip system may include chips and may also include other discrete devices.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a QoS flow provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of the third communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of the fourth communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of the fifth communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of the sixth communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • TDD time division duplexing
  • FDD frequency division duplexing
  • Figure 1 provides a communication system architecture, including: terminal equipment 101, wireless access network ((radio) access network, (R)AN) network element 102, user plane function (UPF) network element 103, Data network (DN) 104, access and mobility management function (AMF) network element 105, session management function (SMF) network element 106, policy control network element control function (PCF) network element 107, unified data management (UDM) network element 108, application function (AF) network element 109, authentication server function (AUSF) network element 110 and network slice selection function (NSSF) network element 111.
  • terminal equipment 101 wireless access network ((radio) access network, (R)AN) network element 102, user plane function (UPF) network element 103, Data network (DN) 104, access and mobility management function (AMF) network element 105, session management function (SMF) network element 106, policy control network element control function (PCF) network element 107, unified data management (UDM) network element 108, application function (AF) network element 109,
  • the interface names between each network element in Figure 1 are just an example. In specific implementation, the interface names may be other names and are not restricted.
  • the interface between the terminal device 101 and the AMF network element 105 may be an N1 interface
  • the interface between the RAN network element 102 and the AMF network element 105 may be an N2 interface
  • the interface between the RAN network element 102 and the UPF network element 103 It can be an N3 interface
  • the interface between UPF network element 103 and SMF network element 106 can be an N4 interface.
  • the interface between PCF network element 107 and AF network element 109 can be an N5 interface.
  • the interface between UPF network element 103 and DN 104 The interface between SMF network element 106 and PCF network element 107 can be an N7 interface, the interface between AMF network element 105 and UDM network element 108 can be an N8 interface, and the interface between UPF network element 103 and UPF network element 103 can be an N7 interface.
  • the interface between elements 103 can be an N9 interface, the interface between SMF network element 106 and UDM network element 108 can be an N10 interface, the interface between AMF network element 105 and SMF network element 106 can be an N11 interface, and the interface between PCF network element 106 can be an N10 interface.
  • the interface between 107 and UDM network element 108 can be N25 interface
  • the interface between AMF network element 105 and AUSF network element 110 can be N12
  • the interface between UDM network element 108 and AUSF network element 110 can be N13
  • AMF The interface between the network element 105 and the NSSF network element 111 may be N22.
  • the terminal device 101 may include various handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems with wireless communication functions; it may also include a subscriber unit, a cellular phone , smart phone (smart phone), wireless data card, personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, tablet computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handheld), laptop computer (laptop computer), cordless phone (cordless phone) or wireless local loop (WLL) station, machine type communication (MTC) terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station, MS), terminal device or relay user equipment, etc.
  • the relay user equipment may be a 5G residential gateway (RG).
  • the devices mentioned above can be collectively referred to as terminal devices.
  • the RAN network element 102 provides wireless access equipment for the terminal device 101, including but not limited to gNodeB, wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point, world interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) base station, etc.
  • the RAN network element can be a RAN network element, which is a RAN network element that accesses the 5G core network. It can be an NR gNodeB, or it can be an evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) in LTE. ) network element.
  • E-UTRA evolved universal terrestrial radio access
  • the UPF network element 103 is mainly responsible for processing user messages, such as forwarding and accounting.
  • the UPF network element can be a unicast UPF network element, a multicast UPF network element or a multicast/broadcast user plane function (MB-UPF) network element.
  • the unicast UPF network element and the multicast UPF network element can be the same UPF network element.
  • the unicast UPF network element is functionally the same as the multicast UPF network element, except that the unicast UPF network element transmits the unicast data stream of the current terminal device (the UPF network element can also transmit multicast data stream, such as transmitting other The multicast data stream of the multicast service of the terminal device), the multicast data stream of the current terminal device is transmitted on the multicast UPF network element (the UPF network element can also transmit the unicast data stream). Both unicast UPF network elements and multicast UPF network elements send data streams to RAN network elements in the form of tunnels.
  • the MB-UPF network element is a UPF network element specially used to send multicast data flows, that is, it is used to transmit multicast data flows and send multicast data flows to RAN network elements in the form of multicast.
  • DN 104 refers to the network that provides data transmission services to users, such as IP multimedia service (IMS), Internet, etc.
  • the terminal device 101 accesses the application server (AS) in the DN 104 by establishing a protocol data unit (PDU) session between the terminal device, the RAN network element 102, the UPF network element 103 and the DN 104.
  • AS application server
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • AMF network element 105 is mainly responsible for mobility management in mobile networks, such as user location update, user registration network, user switching, etc.
  • the AMF network element 105 may be a multicast access and mobility management function (M-AMF) network element.
  • M-AMF network element is an AMF network element specially used to manage multicast context. This network element stores the temporary mobile group identity (TMGI) of the multicast service and the first number of the corresponding MB-UPF network element.
  • TMGI temporary mobile group identity
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • C-TEID common tunnel endpoint identifier
  • the SMF network element 106 is mainly responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification, and release. For example, specific functions include: assigning IP addresses to users, selecting UPF that provides message forwarding functions, etc.
  • the SMF network element 106 may be a multicast/broadcast session management function (MB-SMF) network element.
  • the MB-SMF network element is an SMF network element specially used to manage multicast context.
  • the network element stores The TMGI of the multicast service and the first IP multicast address and C-TEID of the corresponding MB-UPF network element.
  • TMGI is used to uniquely identify multicast and broadcast bearer services in multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS).
  • the first IP multicast address and C-TEID are allocated by the MB-SMF network element or MB-UPF network element.
  • the first IP multicast address is used to identify the multicast service transmitted by the MB-UPF network element, and the C-TEID is used to identify The port of the MB-UPF network element.
  • the PCF network element 107 is responsible for providing policies, such as QoS policies, slice selection policies, etc.
  • UDM network element 108 is used to store user data, such as contract information and authentication/authorization information.
  • the AF network element 109 can also be called a server and is responsible for providing services to the 3GPP network, such as affecting service routing, interacting with PCF network elements for policy control, etc.
  • AUSF network element 110 is used to authenticate and authorize users.
  • NSSF network element 111 is used to centrally manage the slicing function.
  • QoS flow As shown in Figure 2, in a communication system (such as a 5G communication system), data can be transmitted through data sessions (such as PDU sessions) between terminal equipment, RAN network elements, and UPF network elements. In the PDU session, the service data flow is carried through the quality of service (QoS) flow (flow) and differentiated management is achieved. Each QoS flow can pass the QoS Flow identifier (QoS flow identifier, QFI) to uniquely identify.
  • QoS flow QoS flow identifier, QFI
  • the QoS flow can be pre-configured by the SMF network element or established through the PDU session establishment process or PDU session modification process.
  • the QoS flow is transmitted between the RAN network element and the UPF network element through a user plane General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GPRS tunneling protocol-user plane, GTP-U) tunnel.
  • GPRS tunneling protocol-user plane GTP-U
  • the QoS flow is mapped to the corresponding air interface resource.
  • I frame and P frame The data packets transmitted by the QoS stream of the video stream (such as XR service) include intra-coded picture (I) frame and forward predictive-coded picture (predictive-coded picture, P) frame. And I frames and P frames are transmitted alternately.
  • I frame is an intra-coded image frame, which is an independent frame that carries all its own information and can be independently decoded without reference to other images, so it is a key frame.
  • P frame is a forward prediction encoded image frame, which represents the difference between the current frame image and the previous frame image. When decoding, the previous frame image needs to be superimposed on the difference between the current frame image and the previous frame image to generate the current frame image. Therefore, the data amount of I frame is greater than the data amount of P frame, and the QoS requirements of I frame and P frame are different.
  • Base layer and enhancement layer Scalable video coding (SVC) can divide the video stream into a base layer and multiple enhancement layers according to needs.
  • the base layer provides users with the most basic video quality, frame rate and resolution.
  • the enhancement layer further enhances the video quality. The more SVC layers the user receives, the higher the video quality obtained.
  • the PDU set can be data such as media frames (frames), media slices (slices), or media blocks (tiles).
  • the PDU set can include I frames and P frames, or base layers and enhancement layers, or video, audio, and tactile sensations. wait.
  • the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is Mapping to the second QoS flow, if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, even if the second PDU set is successfully transmitted, it will not be decoded due to the lack of the dependent first PDU set. At this time, transmitting the second PDU set will cause transmission resources of waste.
  • a certain GoP structure is an IPPP frame.
  • the decoding of the P frame depends on the parsing of the I frame (referred to as the P frame depends on the I frame), and the parsing of the subsequent P frame depends on the Analysis of the previous P frame (referred to as the following P frame depends on the previous P frame).
  • a video stream of a service stream includes a base layer and an enhancement layer.
  • the analysis of the enhancement layer depends on the analysis of the base layer (referred to as the enhancement layer depends on the base layer).
  • multiple terminals serve the same user together, and multiple terminals respectively receive video (corresponding to video services), audio (corresponding to audio services), tactile (corresponding to perception services) and other types of data streams, that is, multiple terminals receive different types of data streams.
  • the audio and tactile output depends on the video display (referred to as audio and tactile dependence on video), or the video display, audio and tactile output are indispensable (that is, video, audio, and tactile depend on each other) ),etc.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method.
  • the UPF network element or the RAN network element uses the second PDU set according to the second PDU set.
  • the dependency relationship between the PDU set and the first PDU set determines whether to continue transmitting the second PDU set.
  • the P frame that depends on the I frame cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful.
  • Not transmitting the P frame can save transmission resources.
  • the base layer fails to be transmitted the enhancement layer that relies on the base layer cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful.
  • Not transmitting the enhancement layer can save transmission resources.
  • multiple terminals receive video, audio, and haptics respectively. If the video transmission fails, the user will not be able to get a complete experience even if the audio and haptics that depend on the video are output. Not transmitting audio and haptics can save transmission resources; or, video If any one of , audio and haptic data is not transmitted successfully, the user will not be able to get a complete experience. Not transmitting the other two types of data can save transmission resources.
  • the UPF network element when the UPF network element transmits the first PDU set to the RAN network element and the transmission fails, the UPF network element determines whether to continue to transmit the first PDU set to the RAN network based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. Yuan transmits the second PDU set, as shown in Figure 3.
  • the communication method includes:
  • the UPF network element receives a first PDU set of the first service used on the terminal device and a second PDU set of the second service used on the terminal device from the AS.
  • the first service and the second service may be the same service or different services.
  • the first PDU set and the second PDU set are from the same AS.
  • the second set of PDUs depends on the first set of PDUs.
  • the QoS requirements of the first PDU set are different from the QoS requirements of the second PDU set, or the importance of the first PDU set is different from the importance of the second PDU set.
  • the dependencies involved in this application may be that the second PDU set needs to depend on the first PDU set during decoding.
  • the first PDU set is an I frame and the second PDU set is a P frame, then the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the second PDU set is the enhancement layer, and the first PDU The set is the base layer, then the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the dependencies involved in this application can also be dependencies on business use or display.
  • the first PDU set corresponds to the video stream
  • the second PDU set corresponds to audio or haptic. If the video transmission fails, the audio and tactile experience will not be complete, so The second set of PDUs is considered dependent on the first set of PDUs.
  • the PDU set corresponding to any data flow can be the first PDU set, and the PDU set corresponding to other data flows can be the second PDU set.
  • the transmission of other data streams also makes the experience incomplete. Therefore, it can be considered that the PDU sets corresponding to each data flow using the same service are dependent on each other.
  • the services of this application may be media services (such as video, audio), perception services (such as tactile sensation), etc.
  • the UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through various methods. For example, when the AS sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the UPF network element, the AS can directly indicate the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through the indication information, such as indicating the second PDU set through the indication information. Depends on the first PDU set.
  • the UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set by detecting the attribute information (attributes) of the first PDU set and the second PDU set, where the attribute information of the PDU set may include: I frame and P frame, or base layer and enhancement layer, or video, audio and haptic, etc. For example, P frames depend on I frames belonging to the same GoP, P frames with later timing depend on P frames with earlier timing, enhancement layers depend on base layers, audio and haptics depend on video, or video, audio and haptics depend on each other. etc.
  • the first PDU set may be I frames in the video stream, and the second PDU set may be P frames belonging to the same GoP as the I frame.
  • the first PDU set may be P frames with earlier timing in the video stream, and the second PDU set may be P frames with later timing in the same group as the P frames with earlier timing.
  • the first PDU set is a base layer in the video stream, and the second PDU set is an enhancement layer in the video stream.
  • the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptics serving the same user, and the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, or haptics; for example, the first PDU set is video, and the second PDU set is video, audio, or haptic.
  • PDU sets are audio and/or haptic.
  • the UPF network element may map the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows according to different attribute information of the first PDU set and the second PDU set.
  • the UPF network element maps the I frame to the first QoS flow and the P frame to the second QoS flow.
  • the UPF network element maps the P frame with earlier timing to the first QoS flow, and maps the P frame with later timing to the second QoS flow.
  • the UPF network element maps the base layer to the first QoS flow and the enhancement layer to the second QoS flow.
  • the UPF network element allocates the identifier of the first PDU set to the first PDU set, allocates the identifier of the second PDU set to the second PDU set, and stores the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set.
  • UPF network elements When UPF network elements allocate PDU set identifiers to dependent PDU sets, they can allocate PDU set identifiers based on QoS flow granularity, that is, PDU sets mapped to the same QoS flow have different identifiers, and PDUs mapped to different QoS flows
  • the identifiers of the sets may be the same. In other words, the identifiers of the first PDU set may be the same as or different from the identifiers of the second PDU set.
  • the UPF network element associates the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow, the identifier of the first PDU set, the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS flow and the identifier of the second PDU set to obtain the first association relationship, and records the first PDU set and the second PDU set.
  • Dependency relationship between PDU sets thereby achieving storage of dependency relationships between the first PDU set and the second PDU set.
  • the UPF network element may determine (the identity of) the second PDU set that is mapped to the second QoS flow depending on the first PDU set according to the identity QFI of the first QoS flow and the identity of the first PDU set.
  • the UPF network element when the UPF network element allocates PDU set identifiers to dependent PDU sets, it can allocate PDU set identifiers based on service flow granularity. That is, the identifiers of PDU sets for the same service flow are different, regardless of which QoS flow they are mapped to. , the identifier of the first PDU set is different from the identifier of the second PDU set.
  • the UPF network element can allocate the same association identifier to the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, that is, the association identifier can be used to identify the QoS flow of the same service flow.
  • the UPF network element associates the association identifier, the identifier of the first PDU set and the identifier of the second PDU set to obtain the second association relationship, and records the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set, thereby achieving A dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set is stored. Furthermore, the UPF network element can determine (the identity of) the second PDU set that depends on the first PDU set according to the association identity and the identity of the first PDU set.
  • the UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element.
  • the UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and accordingly, the RAN network element receives the first PDU set.
  • the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set, or the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the header of the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set. Including the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the data that the RAN network element expects to receive is periodic, but the data received by the UPF network element There will be time deviations between multiple PDU sets (for example, the AS does not deliver PDU sets strictly periodically).
  • the UPF network element sends a PDU set to the RAN network element, it needs to determine the time interval for sending the PDU set based on the frame rate of the received PDU set or self-detect the frame rate of the PDU set to determine the time interval for sending the PDU set, in order to achieve Periodically sends PDU sets to RAN network elements.
  • the UPF network element may delay sending the first PDU set to the RAN network element until the sending time point of the next cycle. That is to say, for the PDU set that is sent periodically, if the UPF network element receives the PDU set in advance, it will cache it first and delay sending the PDU set until the sending time point of the next period, so as to realize the periodic sending of the PDU set. .
  • the RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element In response to the transmission failure of the first PDU set, the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
  • the RAN network element may determine that the transmission of the first PDU set fails in the following manner, for example, the terminal device reports that the first PDU set is not received, the RAN network element fails to successfully allocate resources for the first PDU set, etc.
  • the failure indication message is used to indicate that the transmission of the first PDU set fails.
  • the transmission failure of the first PDU set may be indicated through the entire message or a certain information element in the message.
  • the failure indication message includes the identifier of the first QoS flow. , the identifier of the first PDU set, used to instruct the UPF network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  • the failure indication message includes the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set, Used to instruct the first device to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  • This implementation mode corresponds to the UPF network element allocating the identifier of the PDU set based on the service flow granularity.
  • the UPF network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the UPF network element can search for the first association relationship stored in step S101 and the relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set according to the identifier QFI of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set in the failure indication message.
  • the dependency relationship between PDU sets determines the second PDU set (identity) mapped to the second QoS flow that depends on the first PDU set, or the UPF network element can determine the dependence on the first PDU set based on the association identification in the failure indication message and the first PDU
  • the identifier of the set is searched for the second association relationship stored in step S101 and the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set, and the (identity of) the second PDU set that is dependent on the first PDU set is determined.
  • the UPF network element determines whether to resend the first PDU set to the RAN network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. If the first PDU set is dependent on other PDU sets (such as the second PDU set), for example, the first PDU set is an I frame, or the first PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, or the first PDU set is based on layer, or if the first PDU set is video, the UPF network element resends the first PDU set to the RAN network element. In addition, when congestion occurs on the air interface, the UPF network element can decide whether to re-send the first PDU set to the RAN network element based on delivery rules, local configuration, etc.
  • the data received by the RAN network element is expected to be periodic, so if the transmission time point of the next cycle is not reached, the UPF network element can be delayed until the next The first PDU set is re-sent to the RAN network element at the sending time point of one cycle.
  • the UPF network element may not re-send the first PDU set to the RAN network element.
  • the UPF network element further determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element:
  • the UPF network element does not re-send the first PDU set to the RAN network element, the UPF network element does not send the second PDU set to the RAN network element. Because the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, even if the UPF network element sends the second PDU set, it cannot be correctly parsed by the terminal device, which wastes transmission resources.
  • the UPF network element can send the second PDU set to the RAN network element. Further, if the UPF network element resends the first PDU set to the RAN network element, the UPF network element can also obtain the air interface congestion information of the RAN network element, and based on the air interface congestion information of the RAN network element and/or according to the second PDU set attribute letter information to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element.
  • the air interface congestion information can come from the RAN network element or the SMF network element, or the UPF network element can determine the air interface congestion information of the RAN network element through the transmission delay obtained by QoS monitoring (QoS monitoring, QM), for example, during transmission A large delay indicates congestion on the air interface.
  • QoS monitoring QoS monitoring, QM
  • the UPF network element may send the second PDU set to the RAN network element. If the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the RAN network element is congested, the UPF network element may not send the second PDU set to the RAN network element, or the UPF network element may send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the attribute information of the second PDU set. PDU set, for example, if the air interface of the RAN network element is congested, but the second PDU set is a P frame with earlier timing, the UPF network element still sends the second PDU set to the RAN network element.
  • the data received by the RAN network element is expected to be periodic, so if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, the UPF network element delays to the next The second PDU set is sent to the RAN network element at a periodic sending time point.
  • the UPF network element determines not to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element, the UPF network element sends the sleep indication information to the RAN network element, and the RAN network element forwards it to the terminal device.
  • the dormancy indication information is used to indicate not to send the second PDU set to the terminal device at N periodic sending time points in the future, where N is the number of the second PDU set that has been buffered within a period of time, so that the terminal device can You can sleep during this time without receiving downlink data to reduce power consumption.
  • the UPF network element determines whether to transmit the first PDU set to the RAN network based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. Transmitting the second PDU set in one step avoids the waste of transmission resources by transmitting the second PDU set but not being able to parse it correctly under any circumstances, so transmission resources can be saved.
  • the UPF network element maps the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows, stores the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and stores the dependency relationship Sent to RAN network element.
  • the RAN network element transmits the first PDU set to the terminal device and the transmission fails, the RAN network element determines whether to continue transmitting the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set to save money.
  • Transport resources As shown in Figure 4, the communication method includes:
  • the UPF network element receives the first PDU set and the second PDU set from the AS.
  • step S101 For this step, refer to step S101, which will not be described again here.
  • the UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and sends the second PDU set to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow.
  • the RAN network element receives the first PDU set and the second PDU set from the UPF network element.
  • the first set of PDUs is mapped to the first QoS flow and the second set of PDUs is mapped to the second QoS flow.
  • the first PDU set, the second PDU set, the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow refer to the foregoing description and will not be repeated here.
  • the UPF network element may send the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the RAN network element, including the following implementation methods:
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set may include the third PDU set.
  • the first PDU set dependency information includes the second PDU set dependency information in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set.
  • the first PDU set dependency information includes an identifier of the first QoS flow and an identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the second PDU set dependency information includes the identity of the first QoS flow, the identity of the second QoS flow, the identity of the first PDU set, and the identity of the second PDU set.
  • the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the first PDU set dependency information only needs to include the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. Since the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, the second PDU set dependency information not only includes the identifier of the second QoS flow and the identifier of the second PDU set, but also includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. logo.
  • the UPF network element when the UPF network element allocates the identifier of the PDU set to the dependent PDU set, it may allocate the identifier of the PDU set based on the QoS flow granularity, or it may allocate the identifier of the PDU set based on the service flow granularity.
  • the third PDU set dependency information may be included in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set
  • the fourth PDU set dependency information may be included in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set.
  • the third PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set
  • the fourth PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier, an identifier of the first PDU set, and an identifier of the second PDU set.
  • the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. Since the first PDU set does not depend on other PDU sets, the first PDU set dependency information only needs to include the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set. Since the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, the second PDU set dependency information not only includes the association identifier and the identifier of the second PDU set, but also includes the identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the UPF network element allocates the identifier of the PDU set to the dependent PDU set, it allocates the identifier of the PDU set based on the service flow granularity.
  • the SMF network element or the UPF network element can send the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element. Since the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow, it is mapped to the second QoS flow.
  • the set of PDUs also depends on the set of PDUs mapped to the first QoS flow.
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set and the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the second PDU set also include the same group identifier; or, the second PDU set is carried
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) also includes the identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set also includes the identifier of the second PDU set. Thereby indicating that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
  • the UPF network element sends the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element, including the following implementation methods:
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set may include the third PDU set.
  • QoS flow dependency information including the second QoS flow dependency information in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set.
  • the first QoS flow dependency information includes an identifier of the first QoS flow and first dependency indication information.
  • the first QoS flow dependency information also includes an identifier of the second QoS flow.
  • the second QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the identifier of the second QoS flow, and the second dependency indication information.
  • the first dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets
  • the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets.
  • the first QoS flow The dependency information and the second QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
  • the UPF network element when the UPF network element sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the RAN network element, it may be included in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set.
  • the third QoS flow dependency information includes the fourth QoS flow dependency information in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set.
  • the third QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow
  • the fourth QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and second dependency indication information of the second QoS flow.
  • the first dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets
  • the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets
  • the third QoS flow The dependency information and the fourth QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
  • first dependency indication information and the second dependence indication information involved in this application can be represented by different values of the same field.
  • the value of this field is 1 to represent the first dependence indication information
  • the value of this field is 0 represents the second dependency indication information
  • a value of 1 in this field represents the second dependence indication information
  • a value of 0 in this field represents the first dependence indication information.
  • the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependency information indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow, that is, the second PDU set equivalent to the same group (for example: the same GoP) transmitted by the second QoS flow also depends on The first set of PDUs of the same group (for example: the same GoP) transmitted by the first QoS stream.
  • the SMF network element sends the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element:
  • the SMF network element sends a first QoS flow configuration message and a second QoS flow configuration message to the RAN network element.
  • the first QoS flow configuration message includes the first QoS flow dependency information
  • the second QoS flow configuration message includes the second QoS flow dependency information.
  • information, or the first QoS flow configuration message includes third QoS flow dependency information
  • the second QoS flow configuration message includes fourth QoS flow dependency information.
  • the RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • step S104 Regarding how the RAN network element can determine the transmission failure of the first PDU set, refer to step S104, which will not be described again here.
  • the RAN network element may determine that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set according to the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information. Alternatively, the RAN network element may determine that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set according to the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependence information.
  • the RAN network element may determine that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow based on the first QoS flow dependency information and the second QoS flow dependency information, and further determine the second PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow through the group identifier.
  • the first PDU set belongs to the same group, so it can be determined that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the RAN network element uses the identifier of the first PDU set carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first set of PDUs and the identifier of the first set of GTP-U data carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second set of PDUs.
  • the identifier of the second PDU set determines that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the RAN network element may determine that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow based on the third QoS flow dependency information and the fourth QoS flow dependence information, and further determine the second PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow through the group identifier.
  • the first PDU set belongs to the same group, so it can be determined that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the RAN network element uses the identifier of the first PDU set carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first set of PDUs and the identifier of the first set of GTP-U data carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second set of PDUs.
  • the identifier of the second PDU set determines that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the RAN network element determines whether to re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. If the first PDU set is dependent on other PDU sets (such as the second PDU set), for example, the first PDU set is an I frame, or the first PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, or the first PDU set is based on layer, or if the first PDU set is video, the RAN network element re-sends the first PDU set to the terminal device. If the first PDU set is not relied upon by other PDU sets (eg, the second PDU set), the RAN network element may not re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device. In addition, when the air interface is congested, the RAN network element can decide whether to resend the first PDU set to the terminal device based on delivery rules, local configuration, etc., to prioritize ensuring normal network communication.
  • the RAN network element can decide whether to resend the
  • the RAN network element further determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device:
  • the RAN network element determines not to re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device, the RAN does not send the second PDU set to the terminal device. Because the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, even if the RAN sends the second PDU set, it cannot be correctly parsed by the terminal device, which wastes transmission resources.
  • the RAN may send the second set of PDUs to the terminal device. Further, if the RAN network element re-sends the first PDU set to the terminal device, the RAN network element may also determine whether to send the third PDU set to the terminal device according to the air interface congestion information of the RAN network element and/or according to the attribute information of the second PDU set. Two PDU sets.
  • the RAN network element may send the second PDU set to the terminal device. If the air interface congestion information indicates that congestion occurs on the air interface, the RAN network element may not send the second PDU set to the terminal device, or the RAN network element may send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the attribute information of the second PDU set. If the RAN network element If the air interface of the RAN network element is congested, but the second PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, the RAN network element still sends the second PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the PDU set avoids wasting transmission resources by transmitting the second PDU set but failing to parse it correctly under any circumstances, so transmission resources can be saved.
  • Figure 5 is a specific implementation of the communication method shown in Figure 3 in this application.
  • the UPF network element maps the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows, and stores the second PDU set.
  • the dependency relationship between the PDU set and the first PDU set After the UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element, if an indication message indicating that the transmission of the first PDU set failed is received from the RAN network element, the UPF network element may no longer send the second PDU set according to the dependency relationship to save money. Transport resources.
  • the communication method includes steps S301-S310.
  • the AF network element sends QoS requirements of the first PDU set and QoS requirements of the second PDU set of the service flow (for example, video stream) to the PCF network element.
  • This application takes as an example that the QoS requirements of the first PDU set are higher than the QoS requirements of the second PDU set, but is not intended to be limited thereto.
  • the first PDU set is I frames and the second PDU set is P frames.
  • the QoS requirements of I frames are higher than the QoS requirements of P frames (for example, the bandwidth of I frames requirements are higher than the bandwidth requirements of P frames).
  • the first PDU set is P frames with earlier timing
  • the second PDU set is P frames with later timing.
  • the QoS requirements of P frames with earlier timing are higher than those with later timing.
  • the first PDU set is the base layer
  • the second PDU set is the enhancement layer
  • the QoS requirements of the base layer are higher than the QoS requirements of the enhancement layer (for example, the bit error rate of the base layer is less than the bit error rate of the enhancement layer).
  • the first PDU set and the QoS requirements of the second PDU set are different, the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different QoS flows.
  • the AF network element sends the QoS requirements of the I frames (first PDU set) and the P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the PCF network element.
  • the PCF network element sends policy and charging control (PCC) rules to the SMF network element.
  • PCC policy and charging control
  • the PCC rule includes the QoS requirements of the first PDU set and the QoS requirements of the second PDU set.
  • the AF network element delivers QoS parameters for the service flow but does not deliver QoS parameters for the QoS flow. Therefore, the PCC rule may also indicate that all QoS flows of the service flow (i.e., the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow involved in this application) share a certain QoS parameter, for example, indicate that all QoS flows of the service flow share guaranteed bits Rate (guaranteed bit rate, GBR) bandwidth, etc.
  • GBR guaranteed bits Rate
  • the PCC rules include QoS requirements for I frames (first set of PDUs) and QoS requirements for P frames (second set of PDUs) of the same GoP in the video stream.
  • the SMF network element sends mapping rules to the UPF network element.
  • the mapping rule is used to instruct the UPF network element to map the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows respectively.
  • the mapping rule instructs the UPF network element to map the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the first QoS flow (indicated by associating the I frame with the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow), which will be P frames (second set of PDUs) of I frames belonging to the same GoP are mapped to the second QoS flow (indicated by associating the P frames with the identity QFI2 of the second QoS flow).
  • Mapping rules can be carried in N4 rules, which are used to instruct UPF network elements how to process received data flows.
  • the N4 rule also includes first processing instruction information, which is used to instruct the UPF network element to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • first processing indication information may indicate that the UPF network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the first processing indication information may indicate that the UPF network element does not need to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set by the value of this bit being 0.
  • the SMF network element sends the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message to the RAN network element.
  • the SMF network element allocates the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS stream to the first QoS stream, and allocates the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS stream to the second QoS stream.
  • the QoS requirements satisfied by the first QoS flow are higher than the QoS requirements satisfied by the second QoS flow.
  • the first QoS stream transmits a first set of PDUs with higher QoS requirements
  • the second QoS flow transmits a second set of PDUs with lower QoS requirements.
  • the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message may be N2 messages.
  • the first QoS flow configuration message includes configuration information of the first QoS flow, such as the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow, and/or the QoS parameters of the first QoS flow (located in the QoS profile).
  • the second QoS flow configuration message includes configuration information of the second QoS flow, such as the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS flow, and/or the QoS parameters of the second QoS flow (located in the QoS configuration file).
  • the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message also include sharing indication information and QoS parameters, sharing The indication information is used to indicate that the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow share the QoS parameter; otherwise, the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message do not include the sharing indication information.
  • the sharing indication information can be used to indicate that the two QoS flows jointly use a bandwidth of 10M. If there is no sharing indication information and Indicates that the bandwidth of these two QoS streams is 10M. The video stream will occupy a total of 20M bandwidth, which may easily cause congestion of transmission resources.
  • the sharing indication information in the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message may be the same QoS parameters. Number association identifier.
  • the sharing indication information in the first QoS flow configuration message is the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS flow
  • the sharing indication information in the second QoS flow configuration message is the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow.
  • the AS sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the UPF network element.
  • the AS sends I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the UPF network element.
  • the UPF network element maps the first PDU set to the first QoS flow according to different attribute information of the first PDU set and the second PDU set, maps the second PDU set to the second QoS flow, and stores the first PDU set and Dependencies between the second PDU set.
  • the UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through various methods. For details, refer to step S101.
  • the UPF network element maps I frames (first PDU set) to the first QoS flow and P frames (second PDU set) to the second QoS flow based on I frames and P frames of the same GoP in the video stream. , and stores the dependency relationship between I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) (P frames depend on I frames).
  • step S101 For other contents of this step, refer to step S101 and will not be described again here.
  • the UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow.
  • the UPF network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the RAN network element through the first QoS stream.
  • step S102 For other contents of this step, refer to step S102 and will not be described again here.
  • the RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
  • the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
  • step S104 For other contents of this step, refer to step S104 and will not be described again here.
  • the UPF network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the UPF network element determines whether to send the P frame (second PDU set) to the RAN network element based on the P frame of the same GoP and depends on the I frame. For example, if the UPF network element determines to resend I frames to the RAN network element, the UPF network element can send P frames to the RAN network element, or if the UPF network element determines to resend I frames to the RAN network element, and the air interface of the RAN network element is not If congestion occurs, the UPF network element can send P frames to the RAN network element.
  • step S105 For other contents of this step, refer to step S105 and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 6 is a specific implementation of the communication method shown in Figure 3 in this application.
  • the data that the RAN network element expects to receive is periodic, but there will be a time deviation between the multiple PDU sets received by the UPF network element (for example, the AS does not deliver PDU sets strictly periodically).
  • the UPF network element sends a PDU set to the RAN network element, it needs to determine the time interval for sending the PDU set based on the frame rate of the received PDU set or self-detect the frame rate of the PDU set to determine the time interval for sending the PDU set, in order to achieve periodic sending.
  • the RAN network element sends the PDU set.
  • the communication method includes steps S401-S410, wherein steps S401-S406 refer to steps S301-S306 in Figure 5.
  • the UPF network element delays to the sending time point of the next cycle and sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow.
  • the UPF network element For example, assuming that the period (or time interval) of the UPF network element sending I frames and P frames in the video stream to the RAN network element is 20ms, then the sending time points of each cycle are 20ms, 40ms, 60ms, and so on. If the current time is 30ms, the UPF network element delays sending I frames in the video stream to 40ms.
  • the RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
  • the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
  • step S104 For other contents of this step, refer to step S104 and will not be described again here.
  • the UPF network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • step S105 if the UPF network element determines to re-send the first PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, then the UPF network element can delay sending the first PDU set to the RAN network element again until the sending time point of the next cycle.
  • the sending time points of each cycle are 20ms, 40ms, 60ms, and 80ms, respectively. analogy. If the transmission of the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream fails after 40ms, and the current time is 50ms, the UPF network element delays to 60ms and resends the video stream to the RAN network element. I frames (first PDU set) in the network element, and send P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP to the RAN network element in 60ms according to the original transmission rhythm.
  • the UPF network element determines not to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element, the UPF network element sends the sleep indication information to the RAN network element, and the RAN network element forwards it to the terminal device.
  • the sleep indication information refer to the previous description and will not be repeated here.
  • Figure 7 is a specific implementation of the communication method shown in Figure 4 in this application.
  • the UPF network element maps the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows, and stores the second PDU
  • the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the first PDU set, and the dependency relationship is sent to the RAN network element through the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information. Or, the dependency relationship is sent to the RAN network element through the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependence information.
  • the RAN network element determines that the transmission of the first PDU set fails, it determines whether to continue transmitting the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship to save transmission resources.
  • the dependence information of the first PDU set the dependence information of the second PDU set, the dependence information of the third PDU set and the dependence information of the fourth PDU set, refer to the foregoing description and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication method includes steps S501-S509.
  • the AF network element sends the QoS requirements of the first PDU set and the QoS requirements of the second PDU set of the service flow (for example, video stream) to the PCF network element.
  • the AF network element sends the QoS requirements of the I frames (first PDU set) and the P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the PCF network element.
  • step S301 For other contents of this step, refer to step S301 and will not be described again here.
  • the PCF network element sends the PCC rule to the SMF network element.
  • the PCC rules include QoS requirements for I frames (first set of PDUs) and QoS requirements for P frames (second set of PDUs) of the same GoP in the video stream.
  • step S302 For other contents of this step, please refer to step S302, which will not be described again here.
  • the SMF network element sends mapping rules to the UPF network element.
  • the mapping rule is used to instruct the UPF network element to map the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows respectively.
  • the mapping rule instructs the UPF network element to map the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the first QoS flow (indicated by associating the I frame with the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow), which will be P frames (second set of PDUs) of I frames belonging to the same GoP are mapped to the second QoS flow (indicated by associating the P frames with the identity QFI2 of the second QoS flow).
  • Mapping rules can be carried in N4 rules, which are used to instruct UPF network elements how to process received data flows.
  • the N4 rule also includes second processing instruction information, used to instruct the UPF network element to send the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set to the RAN network element, and the RAN network element will process the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set according to the second PDU set.
  • the dependency relationship between the set and the first PDU set determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element.
  • the second processing instruction information may have a field value of 1 to indicate that the UPF network element sends the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set to the RAN network element.
  • the second processing instruction information may indicate that the UPF network element does not need to send the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set to the RAN network element by setting the value of this field to 0.
  • the SMF network element sends the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message to the RAN network element.
  • the first QoS flow configuration message or the second QoS flow configuration message also includes third processing indication information, used to indicate whether the RAN network element determines whether to Send the second PDU set.
  • the third processing instruction information may have a field value of 1 to indicate that the RAN network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the third processing indication information may indicate that the value of this field is 0: the RAN network element does not need to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • step S304 For other contents of this step, please refer to step S304, which will not be described again here.
  • the AS sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the UPF network element.
  • the AS sends I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the UPF network element.
  • the UPF network element maps the first PDU set to the first QoS flow according to different attribute information of the first PDU set and the second PDU set, maps the second PDU set to the second QoS flow, and stores the first PDU set and Dependencies between the second PDU set.
  • the UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through various methods. For details, refer to step S101.
  • the UPF network element maps I frames (first PDU set) to the first QoS flow and P frames (second PDU set) to the second QoS flow based on I frames and P frames of the same GoP in the video stream. , and stores the dependency relationship between I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) (P frames depend on I frames).
  • step S101 For this step, refer to step S101, which will not be described again here.
  • the UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, sends the second PDU set to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow, and sends between the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the RAN network element. dependencies.
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set includes the first PDU set dependency information
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the second PDU set includes the second PDU set dependency information
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set includes the third PDU set dependency information
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the second PDU set includes the fourth PDU set dependence information.
  • the UPF network element sends I frames (first PDU set) in the video stream to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and sends P frames of the same GoP (second PDU set) to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow.
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the I frame includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the I frame
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the P frame includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the identifier of the first QoS flow, and the identifier of the I frame.
  • the identifier of the second QoS flow, the identifier of the I frame, and the identifier of the P frame; or, the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the I frame includes the association identifier and the identifier of the I frame
  • the GTP-U data packet carrying the P frame (The header) includes the association identifier, the I-frame identifier and the P-frame identifier.
  • the first PDU set dependency information the second PDU set dependence information, the third PDU set dependence information and the fourth PDU set dependence information, refer to the relevant description in step S202, which will not be described again here.
  • the RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the RAN network element determines whether to send the P frame (second PDU set) to the terminal device based on the P frame of the same GoP depending on the I frame. For example, if the RAN network element determines to resend I frames to the terminal device, the RAN network element can send P frames to the terminal device, or if the RAN network element determines to resend I frames to the terminal device, and the air interface of the RAN network element is not congested, Then the RAN network element can send the P frame to the terminal device.
  • step S204 For other contents of this step, please refer to step S204, which will not be described again here.
  • Figure 8 is another specific implementation of the communication method shown in Figure 3 in this application.
  • the RAN network element obtains the first QoS flow from the SMF network element or the UPF network element.
  • Dependency information and second QoS flow dependence information or obtain third QoS flow dependence information and fourth QoS flow dependence information from the SMF network element or UPF network element, thereby determining that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
  • the RAN network element further determines through the group identifier that the second PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow and the first PDU set belong to the same group, so it can be determined that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the RAN network element uses the identifier of the first PDU set carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet that carries the first PDU set and carries the second PDU set.
  • the identifier of the second PDU set carried in the GTP-U data packet determines that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the first QoS flow dependence information the second QoS flow dependence information, the third QoS flow dependence information and the fourth QoS flow dependence information, refer to the previous description and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication method includes steps S601-S609, wherein steps S601-S603 refer to steps S301-S303 in Figure 5:
  • the SMF network element sends the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message to the RAN network element.
  • the SMF network element allocates the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS stream to the first QoS stream, and allocates the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS stream to the second QoS stream.
  • the SMF network element sends the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element:
  • the SMF network element determines the first dependency indication information and the second dependence indication information.
  • the first QoS flow configuration message includes the first QoS flow dependency information
  • the second QoS flow configuration message includes the second QoS flow dependency information, thereby sending the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element.
  • the first QoS flow configuration message includes the identifier QFI1 and the first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow.
  • it may also include the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS flow; the second QoS flow configuration message includes the second QoS flow.
  • the first dependency indication information and the second dependency indication information can be represented by different values of the same field.
  • a value of 1 in this field represents the first dependence indication information
  • a value of 0 in this field represents the second dependence.
  • Indication information, or a value of 1 in this field indicates the second dependency indication information
  • a value of 0 in this field indicates the first dependence indication information.
  • the SMF network element determines the first dependency indication information and the second dependence indication information, and allocates the same association identifier to the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow.
  • the first QoS flow configuration message includes the third QoS flow dependency information
  • the second QoS flow configuration message includes the fourth QoS flow dependency information, thereby sending the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element.
  • the first QoS flow configuration message includes the identifier QFI1, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow
  • the second QoS flow configuration message includes the identifier QFI1, association identifier, and second dependency indication information of the second QoS flow.
  • the first dependency indication information the second dependence indication information, the association identification, the first QoS flow dependence information, the second QoS flow dependence information, the third QoS flow dependence information and the fourth QoS flow dependence information, refer to the relevant description in step S202 , which will not be described in detail here.
  • step S604 For other contents of step S604, refer to step S304, which will not be described again here.
  • the AS sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the UPF network element.
  • the AS sends I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the UPF network element.
  • the UPF network element maps the first PDU set to the first QoS flow according to different attribute information of the first PDU set and the second PDU set, maps the second PDU set to the second QoS flow, and stores the first PDU set and Dependencies between the second PDU set.
  • the UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through various methods. For details, refer to step S101.
  • the UPF network element maps I frames (first PDU set) to the first QoS flow and P frames (second PDU set) to the second QoS flow based on I frames and P frames of the same GoP in the video stream. , and stores the dependency relationship between I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) (P frames depend on I frames).
  • the UPF network element allocates the identifier of the first PDU set to the first PDU set, and allocates the identifier of the second PDU set to the second PDU set.
  • the UPF network element allocates the identifier of the PDU set to the dependent PDU set, it can be based on The identifier of the PDU set assigned to the service flow granularity.
  • the UPF network element determines the first dependency indication information and the second dependency indication information at this time . Further optionally, the UPF network element may allocate the same association identifier to the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow.
  • step S306 For other contents of this step, please refer to step S306, which will not be described again here.
  • the UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and sends the second PDU set to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow.
  • the (header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. knowledge.
  • the (header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the identifier of the second QoS flow and the identifier of the second PDU set.
  • the UPF network element sends I frames (first PDU set) in the video stream to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and sends P frames of the same GoP (second PDU set) to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow.
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the I frame includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the I frame
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the P frame includes the identifier of the second QoS flow and the P frame.
  • Frame ID the header carrying the P frame.
  • the UPF network element sends the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element.
  • Dependencies between streams are not sent.
  • the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set includes first QoS flow dependency information
  • the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set also includes Includes second QoS flow dependency information
  • (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first set of PDUs includes the third QoS flow dependency information
  • the (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second set of PDUs also includes the fourth QoS flow dependency information.
  • the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the I frame also includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the first dependency indication information, optionally also includes the identifier of the second QoS flow, the GTP packet carrying the P frame
  • the (header of) the -U data packet includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the identifier of the second QoS flow, and the second dependency indication information.
  • the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the I frame also includes the identifier, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow
  • (the header of the GTP-U data packet carrying the P frame) includes the first QoS flow identifier.
  • the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first set of PDUs and (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second set of PDUs may also include a group identifier (such as a GoP identifier) to represent the first The PDU set and the second PDU set belong to the same group.
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set also includes the identifier of the second PDU set
  • the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the second PDU set also includes the identifier of the first PDU set. logo. Thereby indicating that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
  • the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying I frames and (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying P frames also include a GoP identifier.
  • the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the I frame also includes the identifier of the P frame
  • the (the header of the GTP-U data packet carrying the P frame) includes the identifier of the I frame.
  • the RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the terminal device.
  • the RAN network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  • the RAN network element determines whether to send the P frame (second PDU set) to the terminal device based on the P frame of the same GoP depending on the I frame. For example, if the RAN network element determines to resend I frames to the terminal device, the RAN network element can send P frames to the terminal device, or if the RAN network element determines to resend I frames to the terminal device, and the air interface of the RAN network element is not congested, Then the RAN network element can send the P frame to the terminal device.
  • step S204 For other contents of this step, please refer to step S204, which will not be described again here.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 900 including a processor 910 .
  • the communication device 900 further includes a memory 930.
  • Processor 910 is coupled to memory 930 for storing instructions.
  • the processor 910 is used to execute instructions in the memory 930 to implement the functions shown in FIGS. 3-8 above.
  • the communication device 900 further includes an interface circuit 920.
  • the processor 910 and the interface circuit 920 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 920 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface, used for communicating with other communication devices.
  • the chip when the communication device 900 is a chip applied to a RAN network element, a UPF network element, or an SMF network element, the chip implements the functions of the RAN network element, the UPF network element, and the SMF network element in the above method embodiment.
  • the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the RAN network element, UPF network element, and SMF network element, and the information is sent to the RAN network element, UPF network element, or SMF network element by other devices; or,
  • the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the RAN network element, UPF network element, and SMF network element.
  • the information is sent by the RAN network element, UPF network element, and SMF network element to other devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system.
  • the chip system 1000 includes at least one processor 1010 and at least one interface circuit 1020. At least one processor 1010 and at least one interface circuit 1020 may be interconnected by wires.
  • the processor 1010 is used to support the communication device to implement various steps in the above method embodiments, such as the methods shown in Figures 3 to 8.
  • At least one interface circuit 1020 can be used to receive signals from other devices (such as memory), or to other devices.
  • a device (such as a communication interface) sends a signal.
  • the chip system may include chips and may also include other discrete devices.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the RAN network element can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the RAN network element.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the UPF network element can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the RAN network element. or steps, which can also be implemented by components that can be used in UPF network elements.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods.
  • the communication device may be the RAN network element or UPF network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above RAN network element or UPF network element, or a component that can be used for the above RAN network element or UPF network element.
  • the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • Embodiments of the present application can divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1100.
  • the communication device 1100 includes a processing module 1101 and a transceiver module 1102.
  • the transceiver module 1102 which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement sending and/or receiving functions, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver, or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive a first protocol data unit PDU set of the first service used in the terminal device and a second PDU set of the second service used in the terminal device, wherein the first The PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; and the first PDU set is sent to the access network element.
  • the processing module 1101 is configured to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set if the transmission of the first PDU set fails.
  • the processing module 1101 is configured to control the transceiver module 1102 to re-send the first PDU set to the access network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the first PDU set to the access network element.
  • the access network element sends the second PDU set.
  • the processing module 1101 is configured to obtain the air interface congestion information of the access network element; and determine whether to send the data to the access network element according to the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or the attribute information of the second PDU set.
  • the access network element sends the second PDU set.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive air interface congestion information from an access network element or a session management function network element, or obtain air interface congestion information through QoS monitoring.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to send the second PDU set to the access network element if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is not congested; or, if the air interface congestion information indicates If the air interface of the access network element is congested, the second PDU set is sent to the access network element according to the attribute information of the second PDU set.
  • the transceiving module 1102 is configured to delay sending the first PDU set to the access network element again until the sending time point of the next cycle if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached.
  • the transceiving module 1102 is configured to delay sending the second PDU set to the access network element until the sending time point of the next cycle if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to send sleep indication information to the access network element if it is determined not to send the second PDU set to the access network element.
  • the sleep indication information is used to indicate that in the next N times The periodic sending time point does not end The end device sends the second PDU set, and N is the number of the second PDU set cached within a period of time.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the identity of the first QoS flow and the identity of the first PDU set; the transceiver module 1102 is configured to A failure indication message is received from the access network element.
  • the failure indication message includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the failure indication message is used to indicate that the transmission of the first PDU set fails.
  • the received first QoS flow The identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes an identifier of the first PDU set and an association identifier of the first PDU set that commonly corresponds to the second PDU set; the transceiver module 1102 is configured to access from The network element receives the failure indication message.
  • the failure indication message includes the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set.
  • the failure indication message is used to indicate the transmission failure of the first PDU set.
  • the received association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to indicate.
  • the user plane functional network element determines the second PDU set according to the first PDU set.
  • the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame
  • the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream.
  • the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame
  • the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream
  • the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream
  • the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptic that serves the same user
  • the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, or haptic.
  • the communication device 1100 is a RAN network element:
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive a first protocol data unit PDU set of the first service used in the terminal device and a second PDU of the second service used in the terminal device from the user plane functional network element. Set, wherein the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; send the first PDU set to the terminal device; the processing module 1101 is used to if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, then according to the second PDU set The dependency relationship with the first PDU set determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device.
  • the processing module 1101 is configured to control the transceiver module 1102 to re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the first PDU set to the terminal device. Second PDU set.
  • the processing module 1101 is configured to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the air interface congestion information and/or according to the attribute information of the second PDU set.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first PDU set dependency information
  • the first PDU set dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the first PDU set
  • the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second PDU set dependency information
  • the second PDU set dependency information includes the first QoS
  • the identity of the flow, the identity of the second QoS flow, the identity of the first PDU set and the identity of the second PDU set; the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes third PDU set dependency information, and the third PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set;
  • the data packet includes the fourth PDU set dependency information, and the fourth PDU set dependence information includes the association identifier, the identifier of the first PDU set, and the identifier of the second PDU set;
  • the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependency information are To indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive the first QoS flow dependency from the session management function network element.
  • information and the second QoS flow dependency information, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first QoS flow dependence information
  • the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second QoS flow dependence information
  • the first QoS The flow dependency information includes the identification of the first QoS flow and the first dependence indication information.
  • the second QoS flow dependence information includes the identification of the first QoS flow, the identification of the second QoS flow, the second dependence indication information, and the first dependence indication.
  • the information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets
  • the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets
  • the first QoS flow dependency information is used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
  • the first QoS flow dependency information also includes an identifier of the second QoS flow.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive the third QoS flow dependency information from the session management function network element. information and the fourth QoS flow dependency information, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the third QoS flow dependency information, and the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the fourth QoS flow dependency information; wherein, the third QoS The flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow.
  • the fourth QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and second dependency indication information of the second QoS flow.
  • the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets
  • the third QoS flow dependency information is used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set and the data packet carrying the second PDU set include the group identifier, or the data packet carrying the second PDU set also includes the group identifier of the first PDU set. Identification to indicate that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
  • the data packet carrying the first PDU set also includes an identifier of the second PDU set.
  • the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow
  • the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive the configuration information of the first QoS flow.
  • the configuration information of the flow includes sharing indication information and QoS parameters, and the sharing indication information is used to instruct the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to share QoS parameters.
  • the sharing indication information is an association identifier or an identifier of the second QoS flow; wherein the association identifier is used to associate all QoS flows that share QoS parameters.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium includes instructions.
  • the communication device When the instructions are run on the above-mentioned communication device, the communication device causes the communication device to perform various steps in the above-mentioned method embodiments, such as executing the steps shown in FIG. 3-The method shown in Figure 8.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product including instructions.
  • the communication device When the instructions are run on the above-mentioned communication device, the communication device causes the communication device to perform various steps in the above-mentioned method embodiments, such as executing the methods shown in Figures 3-8. .
  • the processor involved in the embodiment of this application may be a chip.
  • it can be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), a central processing unit (CPU) , network processor (network processor, NP), digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), micro control unit (micro controller unit, MCU), programmable logic device (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processing unit
  • network processor network processor
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • micro control unit micro controller unit
  • MCU programmable logic device
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be used through other way to achieve.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple modules or components may be combined or can be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as modules may or may not be physical modules, that is, they may be located on one device, or they may be distributed to multiple devices. Some or all of the modules can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional module in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated in one device, or each module can exist physically alone, or two or more modules can be integrated in one device.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • computer program instructions When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or include one or more data storage devices such as servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of communications and discloses a communication method, a communication apparatus, and a communication system, for saving transmission resources. The communication method comprises: receiving a first protocol data unit (PDU) set of a first service used by a terminal device and a second PDU set of a second service used by the terminal device, wherein the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service (QoS) flows; sending the first PDU set to an access network element; and if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, according to a dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, determining whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element.

Description

通信方法、通信装置和通信系统Communication method, communication device and communication system
本申请要求于2022年09月14日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202211116854.7、申请名称为“通信方法、通信装置和通信系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on September 14, 2022, with application number 202211116854.7 and application name "communication method, communication device and communication system", the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、通信装置和通信系统。The present application relates to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method, communication device and communication system.
背景技术Background technique
在第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统中,为了保证业务端到端的服务质量,提出了服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow)的概念。在协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话中通过服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow)来承载业务数据流并实现差异化的管理,每个QoS流可以通过QoS流标识(QoS flow identifier,QFI)来唯一标识。In the fifth generation (5G) communication system, in order to ensure the end-to-end service quality of the business, the concept of quality of service (QoS) flow is proposed. In the protocol data unit (PDU) session, the quality of service (QoS) flow is used to carry the business data flow and achieve differentiated management. Each QoS flow can be identified by the QoS flow identifier (QoS flow identifier (QFI) to uniquely identify it.
映射到不同QoS流的PDU集(set)之间有时会存在依赖关系。示例性的,一个扩展现实(extended reality,XR)业务的业务流可以被映射到不同QoS流中,视频流的帧内编码图像(intra-coded picture,I)帧和前向预测编码图像(predictive-coded picture,P)帧被分别映射到不同QoS流,或者,视频流的基础层和增强层被分别映射到不同QoS流等等,被映射到不同QoS流的PDU集之间依然存在依赖关系。例如,假设所有的I帧被映射到QoS流1中,所有的P帧被映射到QoS流2中,QoS流2中的P帧需要依赖于QoS流1中属于相同画面组(group of pictures)的I帧或QoS流2中属于相同GoP的前面的P帧进行解码,一旦被依赖的I帧或P帧传输失败,依赖的P帧即使传输成功也会由于缺少参考帧而无法被解码,因此传输这些P帧将浪费传输资源。There are sometimes dependencies between PDU sets mapped to different QoS flows. For example, the service flow of an extended reality (XR) service can be mapped to different QoS flows, including intra-coded picture (I) frames and forward predictive coding pictures (predictive) of the video stream. -coded picture, P) frames are mapped to different QoS flows respectively, or the base layer and enhancement layer of the video stream are mapped to different QoS flows respectively, etc. There are still dependencies between the PDU sets mapped to different QoS flows. . For example, assume that all I frames are mapped to QoS flow 1, and all P frames are mapped to QoS flow 2. The P frames in QoS flow 2 need to depend on belonging to the same group of pictures in QoS flow 1. The I frame or the previous P frame belonging to the same GoP in QoS flow 2 are decoded. Once the transmission of the dependent I frame or P frame fails, the dependent P frame cannot be decoded due to the lack of a reference frame even if the transmission is successful. Therefore, Transmitting these P frames will waste transmission resources.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法、通信装置和通信系统,用于节省传输资源。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, communication device and communication system for saving transmission resources.
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above objectives, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:用户面功能网元接收在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,第一PDU集和第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;用户面功能网元向接入网网元发送第一PDU集;如果第一PDU集传输失败,则用户面功能网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a user plane functional network element receiving a first protocol data unit PDU set of a first service used in a terminal device and a second PDU set of a second service used in the terminal device, Among them, the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; the user plane functional network element sends the first PDU set to the access network element; if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the user plane functional network element The element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,当用户面功能网元确定接入网网元向终端设备传输的第一PDU集传输失败时,根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,避免了任何情况下均传输第二PDU集却不能被正确解析,从而浪费传输资源,因此可以节省传输资源。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the user plane functional network element determines that the first PDU set transmitted by the access network element to the terminal device fails to be transmitted, the communication method is determined based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. Whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element avoids transmission of the second PDU set but cannot be correctly parsed under any circumstances, thus wasting transmission resources, and therefore can save transmission resources.
在一种可能的实施方式中,用户面功能网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,包括:用户面功能网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系重新向接入网网元发送第一PDU集,并确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, including: user plane functional network element Resend the first PDU set to the access network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element.
即在用户面功能网元确定重新向接入网网元发送第一PDU集的前提下,才确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,否则由于第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集,即使用户面功能网元发送了第二PDU集也无法被终端设备正确解析,浪费传输资源。That is, only after the user plane functional network element determines to re-send the first PDU set to the access network element, it determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element. Otherwise, because the second PDU set depends on the first PDU Set, even if the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set, it cannot be correctly parsed by the terminal device, which wastes transmission resources.
在一种可能的实施方式中,确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,包括:用户面功能网元获取接入网网元的空口拥塞信息;用户面功能网元根据接入网网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, determining whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element includes: the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element; the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element according to the access network element. Determine whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the air interface congestion information of the network element and/or the attribute information of the second PDU set.
用户面功能网元根据接入网网元的空口拥塞信息来确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,目的是优先保证网络正常通信。用户面功能网元根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向接入网 网元发送第二PDU集,原因在于有时根据第二PDU集的属性信息可以确定第二PDU集是重要的PDU集,从而向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,以保证重要PDU集的传输。例如,第二PDU集为时序靠前的P帧,则即使接入网网元的空口发生拥塞,用户面功能网元仍然向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。The user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network network element based on the air interface congestion information of the access network network element, with the purpose of giving priority to ensuring normal network communication. The user plane functional network element determines whether to send data to the access network based on the attribute information of the second PDU set. The network element sends the second PDU set because sometimes it can be determined that the second PDU set is an important PDU set based on the attribute information of the second PDU set, so it sends the second PDU set to the access network element to ensure that the important PDU set transmission. For example, if the second PDU set is a P frame with an earlier time sequence, even if the air interface of the access network element is congested, the user plane functional network element still sends the second PDU set to the access network element.
在一种可能的实施方式中,用户面功能网元获取接入网网元的空口拥塞信息,包括:用户面功能网元从接入网网元或者会话管理功能网元接收空口拥塞信息,或者,用户面功能网元通过QoS监测得到空口拥塞信息,例如,传输时延变大说明空口发生拥塞。In a possible implementation, the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element, including: the user plane functional network element receives the air interface congestion information from the access network element or the session management function network element, or , The user plane functional network element obtains air interface congestion information through QoS monitoring. For example, an increase in transmission delay indicates that air interface congestion occurs.
在一种可能的实施方式中,用户面功能网元根据接入网网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,包括:如果空口拥塞信息指示接入网网元的空口未发生拥塞,则用户面功能网元向接入网网元发送第二PDU集;或者,如果空口拥塞信息指示接入网网元的空口发生拥塞,则用户面功能网元根据第二PDU集的属性信息向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,例如,如果接入网网元的空口发生拥塞,但是第二PDU集为时序靠前的P帧,则用户面功能网元仍然向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,以保证重要PDU集的传输。In a possible implementation, the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or based on the attribute information of the second PDU set, including: if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is not congested, the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set to the access network element; or, if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is congested, the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set to the access network element based on the attribute information of the second PDU set. For example, if the air interface of the access network element is congested, but the second PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, the user plane functional network element still sends the second PDU set to the access network element to ensure the transmission of important PDU sets.
在一种可能的实施方式中,重新向接入网网元发送第一PDU集,包括:如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则延迟至下一周期的发送时间点重新向接入网网元发送第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, re-sending the first PDU set to the access network element includes: if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, delaying to the sending time point of the next cycle and re-sending the set of PDUs to the access network element. The network element sends the first PDU set.
对于周期性资源配置或者终端设备的连接态不连续接收(connected mode discontinuous reception,CDRX)等需求,接入网网元期望接收到的数据是周期性的,所以如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则用户面功能网元延迟至下一周期的发送时间点向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。For requirements such as periodic resource configuration or connected mode discontinuous reception (CDRX) of terminal equipment, the data that the access network element expects to receive is periodic, so if the transmission time of the next cycle is not reached, point, the user plane functional network element delays sending the second PDU set to the access network element until the sending time point of the next cycle.
在一种可能的实施方式中,向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,包括:如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则延迟至下一周期的发送时间点向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, sending the second PDU set to the access network element includes: if the sending time point of the next period is not reached, delaying to the sending time point of the next period to the access network element. Send a second set of PDUs.
对于周期性资源配置或者终端设备的CDRX等需求,接入网网元期望接收到的数据是周期性的,所以如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则用户面功能网元延迟至下一周期的发送时间点向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。For requirements such as periodic resource configuration or CDRX of terminal equipment, the data that the access network element expects to receive is periodic, so if the transmission time point of the next cycle is not reached, the user plane functional network element is delayed to the next The second PDU set is sent to the access network element at a periodic sending time point.
在一种可能的实施方式中,还包括:如果用户面功能网元确定不向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,用户面功能网元向接入网网元发送休眠指示信息,休眠指示信息用于指示在未来N个周期性的发送时间点不向终端设备发送第二PDU集,N为在一段时间内已缓存的第二PDU集的个数。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: if the user plane functional network element determines not to send the second PDU set to the access network network element, the user plane functional network element sends sleep indication information to the access network network element, and the sleep indication The information is used to indicate not to send the second PDU set to the terminal device at N periodic sending time points in the future, where N is the number of the second PDU set that has been buffered within a period of time.
该实施方式使得终端设备在这一段时间内可以进行休眠,不必接收下行数据,以降低功耗。This implementation allows the terminal device to sleep during this period of time without receiving downlink data, thereby reducing power consumption.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一QoS流的标识以及第一PDU集的标识;该方法还包括:用户面功能网元从接入网网元接收失败指示消息,失败指示消息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第一PDU集的标识,失败指示消息用于指示第一PDU集传输失败,接收的第一QoS流的标识和第一PDU集的标识用于指示用户面功能网元根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the identity of the first QoS flow and the identity of the first PDU set; the method further includes: The user plane functional network element receives a failure indication message from the access network element. The failure indication message includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. The failure indication message is used to indicate that the transmission of the first PDU set failed. The identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
该实施方式使得接入网网元向用户面功能网元通知第一PDU集传输失败,进而使得用户面功能网元根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。This implementation mode enables the access network element to notify the user plane functional network element of the transmission failure of the first PDU set, and further enables the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一PDU集的标识以及第一PDU集的与第二PDU集共同对应的关联标识;该方法还包括:用户面功能网元从接入网网元接收失败指示消息,失败指示消息中包括关联标识、第一PDU集的标识,失败指示消息用于指示第一PDU集传输失败,接收的关联标识和第一PDU集的标识用于指示用户面功能网元根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes an identifier of the first PDU set and an association identifier of the first PDU set that commonly corresponds to the second PDU set; the method also includes: a user plane function The network element receives a failure indication message from the access network element. The failure indication message includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set. The failure indication message is used to indicate a transmission failure of the first PDU set. The received association identifier and the first PDU set The identifier is used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
该实施方式使得接入网网元向用户面功能网元通知第一PDU集传输失败,进而使得用户面功能网元根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。This implementation mode enables the access network element to notify the user plane functional network element of the transmission failure of the first PDU set, and further enables the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集为视频流中的I帧,第二PDU集为与I帧同组的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中时序靠前的P帧,第二PDU集为与时序靠前的P帧同组的时序靠后的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中的基础层,第二PDU集为视频流中的增强层;或者,第一PDU集为服务于同一用户的视频(对应视频业务)、音频(对应音频业务)或触觉(对应感知业务)中的一个,第二PDU集为视频、音频、触觉中的其余至少一个。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream, and the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame; or, the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream. frame, the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame; or the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream, and the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream; Alternatively, the first PDU set is one of video (corresponding to video services), audio (corresponding to audio services) or tactile (corresponding to sensory services) serving the same user, and the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, and tactile services. one.
在一个业务流的一个视频流中,如果I帧传输失败,则依赖于I帧的P帧即使传输成功也无 法被解析,不传输P帧可以节省传输资源。再例如,在一个业务流的一个视频流中,如果基础层传输失败,则依赖于基础层的增强层即使传输成功也无法被解析,不传输增强层可以节省传输资源。再例如,多个终端分别接收视频、音频和触觉,如果视频传输失败,则依赖于视频的音频和触觉即使输出,用户也无法得到完整体验,不传输音频和触觉可以节省传输资源;或者,视频、音频和触觉中任一个没传输成功,用户也无法得到完整体验,不传输其余两种数据可以节省传输资源。In a video stream of a service stream, if the I frame transmission fails, the P frame that depends on the I frame will not be transmitted even if the transmission is successful. cannot be parsed, and not transmitting P frames can save transmission resources. For another example, in a video stream of a service stream, if the base layer fails to be transmitted, the enhancement layer that relies on the base layer cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful. Not transmitting the enhancement layer can save transmission resources. For another example, multiple terminals receive video, audio, and haptics respectively. If the video transmission fails, the user will not be able to get a complete experience even if the audio and haptics that depend on the video are output. Not transmitting audio and haptics can save transmission resources; or, video If any one of , audio and haptic data is not transmitted successfully, the user will not be able to get a complete experience. Not transmitting the other two types of data can save transmission resources.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:接入网网元从用户面功能网元接收在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,第一PDU集和第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;接入网网元向终端设备发送第一PDU集;如果第一PDU集传输失败,则接入网网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, including: an access network element receiving a first protocol data unit PDU set of a first service used in a terminal device and a second service used in the terminal device from a user plane functional network element. The second PDU set, where the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; the access network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device; if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the access network element The network element entering the network determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,当接入网网元确定向终端设备传输的第一PDU集传输失败时,根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集,避免了任何情况下均传输第二PDU集却不能被正确解析,从而浪费传输资源,因此可以节省传输资源。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the access network element determines that the transmission of the first PDU set to the terminal device fails, it determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. The second PDU set avoids wasting transmission resources by transmitting the second PDU set but failing to parse it correctly under any circumstances, so transmission resources can be saved.
在一种可能的实施方式中,接入网网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集,包括:接入网网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集,并确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, including: the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the second PDU set. The dependency relationship between the PDU set and the first PDU set resends the first PDU set to the terminal device, and determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device.
即在接入网网元确定重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集的前提下,才确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集,否则由于第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集,即使接入网网元发送了第二PDU集也无法被终端设备正确解析,浪费传输资源。That is, the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device again only after it determines to re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device. Otherwise, because the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, even if the access network Even if the network element sends the second PDU set, it cannot be correctly parsed by the terminal device, which wastes transmission resources.
在一种可能的实施方式中,确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集,包括:接入网网元根据空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, determining whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device includes: the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to air interface congestion information and/or according to attribute information of the second PDU set. Two PDU sets.
接入网网元根据接入网网元的空口拥塞信息来确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集,目的是优先保证网络正常通信。接入网网元根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集,原因在于有时根据第二PDU集的属性信息可以确定第二PDU集是重要的PDU集,从而向终端设备发送第二PDU集,以保证重要PDU集的传输。例如,第二PDU集为时序靠前的P帧,则即使接入网网元的空口发生拥塞,接入网网元仍然向终端设备发送第二PDU集。The access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the air interface congestion information of the access network element, with the purpose of giving priority to ensuring normal network communication. The access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the attribute information of the second PDU set. The reason is that sometimes it can be determined that the second PDU set is an important PDU set based on the attribute information of the second PDU set, thereby sending the second PDU set to the terminal device. The terminal device sends the second PDU set to ensure the transmission of the important PDU set. For example, if the second PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, even if the air interface of the access network element is congested, the access network element still sends the second PDU set to the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一PDU集依赖信息,第一PDU集依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识和第一PDU集的标识,承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第二PDU集依赖信息,第二PDU集依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第一PDU集的标识和第二PDU集的标识;第一PDU集依赖信息和第二PDU集依赖信息用于指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。该实施方式提供了指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集的一种方式。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first PDU set dependency information, The first PDU set dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the first PDU set, the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second PDU set dependency information, and the second PDU set dependency information includes the first QoS The identity of the flow, the identity of the second QoS flow, the identity of the first PDU set and the identity of the second PDU set; the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. This embodiment provides a way to indicate that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第三PDU集依赖信息,第三PDU集依赖信息中包括关联标识和第一PDU集的标识;承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第四PDU集依赖信息,第四PDU集依赖信息中包括关联标识、第一PDU集的标识和第二PDU集的标识;第三PDU集依赖信息和第四PDU集依赖信息用于指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。该实施方式提供了指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集的另一种方式。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes third PDU set dependency information, and the third PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set; The data packet includes the fourth PDU set dependency information, and the fourth PDU set dependence information includes the association identifier, the identifier of the first PDU set, and the identifier of the second PDU set; the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependency information are To indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. This embodiment provides another way of indicating that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,方法还包括:接入网网元从会话管理功能网元接收第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息,或者,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一QoS流依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第二QoS流依赖信息;其中,第一QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第一依赖指示信息,第二QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第二依赖指示信息,第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息用于指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。从而指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。 In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow. The method further includes: the access network element receives the third QoS flow from the session management function network element. First QoS flow dependency information and second QoS flow dependency information, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first QoS flow dependency information, and the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second QoS flow dependency information; wherein , the first QoS flow dependency information includes the identification of the first QoS flow and the first dependence indication information, and the second QoS flow dependence information includes the identification of the first QoS flow, the identification of the second QoS flow and the second dependence indication information, The first dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, and the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets. The first QoS flow The dependency information and the second QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow. Thereby indicating that the second QoS flow is dependent on the first QoS flow.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一QoS流依赖信息中还包括第二QoS流的标识。从而指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。In a possible implementation, the first QoS flow dependency information also includes an identifier of the second QoS flow. Thereby indicating that the second QoS flow is dependent on the first QoS flow.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,方法还包括:接入网网元从会话管理功能网元接收第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息,或者,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第三QoS流依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第四QoS流依赖信息;其中,第三QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、关联标识、第一依赖指示信息,第四QoS流依赖信息中包括第二QoS流的标识、关联标识、第二依赖指示信息,第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息用于指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。从而指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow. The method further includes: the access network element receives the third QoS flow from the session management function network element. The third QoS flow dependency information and the fourth QoS flow dependency information, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the third QoS flow dependency information, and the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the fourth QoS flow dependence information; where , the third QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow, and the fourth QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and second dependency indication information of the second QoS flow, and the third One dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets, and the third QoS flow depends on information and the fourth QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow. Thereby indicating that the second QoS flow is dependent on the first QoS flow.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中以及承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括组标识,或者,承载第二PDU集的数据包中还包括第一PDU集的标识,以指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。结合前文所述的第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流,进一步确定第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set and the data packet carrying the second PDU set include the group identifier, or the data packet carrying the second PDU set also includes the group identifier of the first PDU set. Identification to indicate that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs. Combined with the foregoing description that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow, it is further determined that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中还包括第二PDU集的标识。从而指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set also includes an identifier of the second PDU set. Thereby indicating that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,方法还包括:接入网网元接收第一QoS流的配置信息,第一QoS流的配置信息包括共享指示信息和QoS参数,共享指示信息用于指示第一QoS流和第二QoS流共享QoS参数。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow. The method further includes: the access network element receives the configuration information of the first QoS flow. , the configuration information of the first QoS flow includes sharing indication information and QoS parameters, and the sharing indication information is used to indicate that the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow share QoS parameters.
共享指示信息指示该业务流的所有QoS流共享某个QoS参数。示例性的,假设属于一个视频流的I、P帧分别映射至第一QoS流和第二QoS流,通过共享指示信息可以指示这两个QoS流共同使用10M的带宽,如果没有共享指示信息而指示这两个QoS流的带宽均为10M,该视频流将一共占用20M的带宽了,容易造成传输资源拥塞。The sharing indication information indicates that all QoS flows of the service flow share a certain QoS parameter. For example, assuming that I and P frames belonging to one video stream are mapped to the first QoS stream and the second QoS stream respectively, the sharing indication information can be used to indicate that the two QoS flows jointly use a bandwidth of 10M. If there is no sharing indication information and Indicates that the bandwidth of these two QoS streams is 10M. The video stream will occupy a total of 20M bandwidth, which may easily cause congestion of transmission resources.
在一种可能的实施方式中,共享指示信息为关联标识或者第二QoS流的标识;其中,关联标识用于关联所有共享QoS参数的QoS流。本申请对共享指示信息的形式不作限定。In a possible implementation, the sharing indication information is an association identifier or an identifier of the second QoS flow; wherein the association identifier is used to associate all QoS flows that share QoS parameters. This application does not limit the form of sharing instruction information.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集为视频流中的I帧,第二PDU集为与I帧同组的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中时序靠前的P帧,第二PDU集为与时序靠前的P帧同组的时序靠后的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中的基础层,第二PDU集为视频流中的增强层;或者,第一PDU集为服务于同一用户的视频(对应视频业务)、音频(对应音频业务)或触觉(对应感知业务)中的一个,第二PDU集为视频、音频、触觉中的其余至少一个。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream, and the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame; or, the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream. frame, the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame; or the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream, and the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream; Alternatively, the first PDU set is one of video (corresponding to video services), audio (corresponding to audio services) or tactile (corresponding to sensory services) serving the same user, and the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, and tactile services. one.
在一个业务流的一个视频流中,如果I帧传输失败,则依赖于I帧的P帧即使传输成功也无法被解析,不传输P帧可以节省传输资源。再例如,在一个业务流的一个视频流中,如果基础层传输失败,则依赖于基础层的增强层即使传输成功也无法被解析,不传输增强层可以节省传输资源。再例如,多个终端分别接收视频、音频和触觉,如果视频传输失败,则依赖于视频的音频和触觉即使输出,用户也无法得到完整体验,不传输音频和触觉可以节省传输资源;或者,视频、音频和触觉中任一个没传输成功,用户也无法得到完整体验,不传输其余两种数据可以节省传输资源。In a video stream of a service stream, if the I frame transmission fails, the P frame that depends on the I frame cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful. Not transmitting the P frame can save transmission resources. For another example, in a video stream of a service stream, if the base layer fails to be transmitted, the enhancement layer that relies on the base layer cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful. Not transmitting the enhancement layer can save transmission resources. For another example, multiple terminals receive video, audio, and haptics respectively. If the video transmission fails, the user will not be able to get a complete experience even if the audio and haptics that depend on the video are output. Not transmitting audio and haptics can save transmission resources; or, video If any one of , audio and haptic data is not transmitted successfully, the user will not be able to get a complete experience. Not transmitting the other two types of data can save transmission resources.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:用户面功能网元接收在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,第一PDU集和第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;用户面功能网元向接入网网元发送第一PDU集;接入网网元向终端设备发送第一PDU集;如果第一PDU集传输失败,则用户面功能网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a user plane functional network element receiving a first protocol data unit PDU set of a first service used in a terminal device and a second PDU set of a second service used in the terminal device, Among them, the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; the user plane functional network element sends the first PDU set to the access network network element; the access network network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device ; If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the user plane function network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,用户面功能网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,包括:用户面功能网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系重新向接入网网元发送第一PDU集,并确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, including: user plane functional network element Resend the first PDU set to the access network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element.
在一种可能的实施方式中,确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,包括:用户面功能网元 获取接入网网元的空口拥塞信息;用户面功能网元根据接入网网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, it is determined whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element, including: user plane functional network element Obtain the air interface congestion information of the access network element; the user plane function network element determines whether to send the second PDU to the access network element based on the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or based on the attribute information of the second PDU set set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,用户面功能网元获取接入网网元的空口拥塞信息,包括:用户面功能网元从接入网网元或者会话管理功能网元接收空口拥塞信息,或者,用户面功能网元通过QoS监测得到空口拥塞信息。In a possible implementation, the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element, including: the user plane functional network element receives the air interface congestion information from the access network element or the session management function network element, or , The user plane functional network element obtains air interface congestion information through QoS monitoring.
在一种可能的实施方式中,用户面功能网元根据接入网网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,包括:如果空口拥塞信息指示接入网网元的空口未发生拥塞,则用户面功能网元向接入网网元发送第二PDU集;或者,如果空口拥塞信息指示接入网网元的空口发生拥塞,则用户面功能网元根据第二PDU集的属性信息向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or based on the attribute information of the second PDU set, Including: if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is not congested, the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set to the access network element; or, if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is If congestion occurs, the user plane functional network element sends the second PDU set to the access network element according to the attribute information of the second PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,重新向接入网网元发送第一PDU集,包括:如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则延迟至下一周期的发送时间点重新向接入网网元发送第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, re-sending the first PDU set to the access network element includes: if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, delaying to the sending time point of the next cycle and re-sending the set of PDUs to the access network element. The network element sends the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,包括:如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则延迟至下一周期的发送时间点向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, sending the second PDU set to the access network element includes: if the sending time point of the next period is not reached, delaying to the sending time point of the next period to the access network element. Send a second set of PDUs.
在一种可能的实施方式中,还包括:如果用户面功能网元确定不向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,用户面功能网元向接入网网元发送休眠指示信息,休眠指示信息用于指示在未来N个周期性的发送时间点不向终端设备发送第二PDU集,N为在一段时间内已缓存的第二PDU集的个数。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: if the user plane functional network element determines not to send the second PDU set to the access network network element, the user plane functional network element sends sleep indication information to the access network network element, and the sleep indication The information is used to indicate not to send the second PDU set to the terminal device at N periodic sending time points in the future, where N is the number of the second PDU set that has been buffered within a period of time.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一QoS流的标识以及第一PDU集的标识;方法还包括:用户面功能网元从接入网网元接收失败指示消息,失败指示消息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第一PDU集的标识,失败指示消息用于指示第一PDU集传输失败,接收的第一QoS流的标识和第一PDU集的标识用于指示用户面功能网元根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes an identifier of the first QoS flow and an identifier of the first PDU set; the method further includes: user The plane function network element receives a failure indication message from the access network element. The failure indication message includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. The failure indication message is used to indicate that the transmission of the first PDU set fails. The identifier of a QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一PDU集的标识以及第一PDU集的与第二PDU集共同对应的关联标识;该方法还包括:用户面功能网元从接入网网元接收失败指示消息,失败指示消息中包括关联标识、第一PDU集的标识,失败指示消息用于指示第一PDU集传输失败,接收的关联标识和第一PDU集的标识用于指示用户面功能网元根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes an identifier of the first PDU set and an association identifier of the first PDU set that commonly corresponds to the second PDU set; the method also includes: a user plane function The network element receives a failure indication message from the access network element. The failure indication message includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set. The failure indication message is used to indicate a transmission failure of the first PDU set. The received association identifier and the first PDU set The identifier is used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集为视频流中的I帧,第二PDU集为与I帧同组的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中时序靠前的P帧,第二PDU集为与时序靠前的P帧同组的时序靠后的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中的基础层,第二PDU集为视频流中的增强层;或者,第一PDU集为服务于同一用户的视频、音频或触觉中的一个,第二PDU集为视频、音频、触觉中的其余至少一个。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream, and the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame; or, the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream. frame, the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame; or the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream, and the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream; Alternatively, the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptic that serves the same user, and the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, or haptic.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:用户面功能网元向接入网网元发送在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,第一PDU集和第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;接入网网元向终端设备发送第一PDU集;如果第一PDU集传输失败,则接入网网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a user plane function network element sending a first protocol data unit PDU set of a first service used in a terminal device and a second service used in the terminal device to an access network element. The second PDU set, where the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; the access network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device; if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the access network element The network element entering the network determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,接入网网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集,包括:接入网网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集,并确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, including: the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the second PDU set. The dependency relationship between the PDU set and the first PDU set resends the first PDU set to the terminal device, and determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集,包括:接入网网元根据空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, determining whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device includes: the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to air interface congestion information and/or according to attribute information of the second PDU set. Two PDU sets.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一PDU集依赖信息,第一PDU集依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识和第一PDU集的标识,承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第二PDU集依赖信息,第二PDU集依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第一PDU集的标识和第二PDU集的标识;第一PDU集依赖信息和第二PDU集依赖信息用于指示第二PDU集依赖于第一 PDU集。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first PDU set dependency information, The first PDU set dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the first PDU set, the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second PDU set dependency information, and the second PDU set dependency information includes the first QoS The identity of the flow, the identity of the second QoS flow, the identity of the first PDU set and the identity of the second PDU set; the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第三PDU集依赖信息,第三PDU集依赖信息中包括关联标识和第一PDU集的标识;承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第四PDU集依赖信息,第四PDU集依赖信息中包括关联标识、第一PDU集的标识和第二PDU集的标识;第三PDU集依赖信息和第四PDU集依赖信息用于指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes third PDU set dependency information, and the third PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set; The data packet includes the fourth PDU set dependency information, and the fourth PDU set dependence information includes the association identifier, the identifier of the first PDU set, and the identifier of the second PDU set; the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependency information are To indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,方法还包括:接入网网元从会话管理功能网元接收第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息,或者,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一QoS流依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第二QoS流依赖信息;其中,第一QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第一依赖指示信息,第二QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第二依赖指示信息,第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息用于指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow. The method further includes: the access network element receives the third QoS flow from the session management function network element. First QoS flow dependency information and second QoS flow dependency information, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first QoS flow dependency information, and the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second QoS flow dependency information; wherein , the first QoS flow dependency information includes the identification of the first QoS flow and the first dependence indication information, and the second QoS flow dependence information includes the identification of the first QoS flow, the identification of the second QoS flow and the second dependence indication information, The first dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, and the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets. The first QoS flow The dependency information and the second QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一QoS流依赖信息中还包括第二QoS流的标识。In a possible implementation, the first QoS flow dependency information also includes an identifier of the second QoS flow.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,方法还包括:接入网网元从会话管理功能网元接收第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息,或者,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第三QoS流依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第四QoS流依赖信息;其中,第三QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、关联标识、第一依赖指示信息,第四QoS流依赖信息中包括第二QoS流的标识、关联标识、第二依赖指示信息,第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息用于指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow. The method further includes: the access network element receives the third QoS flow from the session management function network element. The third QoS flow dependency information and the fourth QoS flow dependency information, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the third QoS flow dependency information, and the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the fourth QoS flow dependence information; where , the third QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow, and the fourth QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and second dependency indication information of the second QoS flow, and the third One dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets, and the third QoS flow depends on information and the fourth QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中以及承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括组标识,或者,承载第二PDU集的数据包中还包括第一PDU集的标识,以指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set and the data packet carrying the second PDU set include the group identifier, or the data packet carrying the second PDU set also includes the group identifier of the first PDU set. Identification to indicate that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中还包括第二PDU集的标识。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set also includes an identifier of the second PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,方法还包括:接入网网元接收第一QoS流的配置信息,第一QoS流的配置信息包括共享指示信息和QoS参数,共享指示信息用于指示第一QoS流和第二QoS流共享QoS参数。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow. The method further includes: the access network element receives the configuration information of the first QoS flow. , the configuration information of the first QoS flow includes sharing indication information and QoS parameters, and the sharing indication information is used to indicate that the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow share QoS parameters.
在一种可能的实施方式中,共享指示信息为关联标识或者第二QoS流的标识;其中,关联标识用于关联所有共享QoS参数的QoS流。In a possible implementation, the sharing indication information is an association identifier or an identifier of the second QoS flow; wherein the association identifier is used to associate all QoS flows that share QoS parameters.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集为视频流中的I帧,第二PDU集为与I帧同组的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中时序靠前的P帧,第二PDU集为与时序靠前的P帧同组的时序靠后的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中的基础层,第二PDU集为视频流中的增强层;或者,第一PDU集为服务于同一用户的视频、音频或触觉中的一个,第二PDU集为视频、音频、触觉中的其余至少一个。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream, and the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame; or, the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream. frame, the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame; or the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream, and the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream; Alternatively, the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptic that serves the same user, and the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, or haptic.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,存储器中存储指令,当处理器执行指令时,如第一方面至第四方面及其任一实施方式所述的方法被执行。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory. Instructions are stored in the memory. When the processor executes the instructions, the method described in the first to fourth aspects and any one of its implementations is executed.
第六方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括如第五方面所述的通信装置。A sixth aspect provides a communication system, including the communication device described in the fifth aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当指令在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置执行如第一方面至第四方面及其任一实施方式所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, including instructions that, when executed on a communication device, cause the communication device to execute the method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects and any of the implementations thereof.
第八方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当指令在上述通信装置上运行时,使得该通信装置执行如第一方面及其任一实施方式所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. When the instructions are run on the above-mentioned communication device, the communication device causes the communication device to execute the method described in the first aspect and any embodiment thereof.
第九方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持通信装置实现上述第一方面至第四方面中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中,该装置还包括接口电路,接口电路可用于从其它装置(例如存储器)接收信号,或者,向其它装置(例如通信接口)发送信号。该芯片系统可以包括芯片,还可以包括其他分立器件。 In a ninth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor and is used to support a communication device to implement the functions involved in the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects. In a possible design, the device further includes an interface circuit, which can be used to receive signals from other devices (such as a memory) or to send signals to other devices (such as a communication interface). The chip system may include chips and may also include other discrete devices.
第三方面至第九方面的技术效果参照第一方面至第二方面及其任一实施方式的技术效果,在此不再重复。For the technical effects of the third to ninth aspects, refer to the technical effects of the first to second aspects and any implementation thereof, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种QoS流的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a QoS flow provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of the third communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of the fourth communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的第五种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of the fifth communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的第六种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of the sixth communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片系统的结构示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are for the purpose of explaining the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请实施例中,“/”表示该符号前后两者是“或”的关系。In the embodiment of the present application, "/" indicates that the two characters before and after the symbol are in an "or" relationship.
本申请实施例既可以应用于时分双工(time division duplexing,TDD)的场景,也可以适用于频分双工(frequency division duplexing,FDD)的场景,不予限制。The embodiments of this application can be applied to both time division duplexing (TDD) scenarios and frequency division duplexing (FDD) scenarios without limitation.
本申请实施例依托无线通信网络中5G网络的场景进行说明,应当指出的是,本申请实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他无线通信网络中,相应的名称也可以用其他无线通信网络中的对应功能的名称进行替代。The embodiments of this application are explained based on the scenario of 5G network in a wireless communication network. It should be noted that the solutions in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other wireless communication networks, and the corresponding names can also be used in other wireless communication networks. Replace with the name of the corresponding function.
图1提供了一种通信系统架构,包括:终端设备101、无线接入网((radio)access network,(R)AN)网元102、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元103、数据网络(data network,DN)104、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元105、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元106、策略控制网元(policy control function,PCF)网元107、统一数据管理网元(unified data management,UDM)网元108、应用功能(application function,AF)网元109、鉴权服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元110以及网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)网元111。Figure 1 provides a communication system architecture, including: terminal equipment 101, wireless access network ((radio) access network, (R)AN) network element 102, user plane function (UPF) network element 103, Data network (DN) 104, access and mobility management function (AMF) network element 105, session management function (SMF) network element 106, policy control network element control function (PCF) network element 107, unified data management (UDM) network element 108, application function (AF) network element 109, authentication server function (AUSF) network element 110 and network slice selection function (NSSF) network element 111.
需要说明的是,图1中的各个网元之间的接口名字只是一个示例,具体实现中接口名字可能为其他名字,不予限制。例如,终端设备101与AMF网元105之间的接口可以为N1接口,RAN网元102与AMF网元105之间的接口可以为N2接口,RAN网元102与UPF网元103之间的接口可以为N3接口,UPF网元103与SMF网元106之间的接口可以为N4接口,PCF网元107与AF网元109之间的接口可以为N5接口,UPF网元103与DN 104之间的接口可以为N6接口,SMF网元106与PCF网元107之间的接口可以为N7接口,AMF网元105与UDM网元108之间的接口可以为N8接口,UPF网元103与UPF网元103之间的接口可以为N9接口,SMF网元106与UDM网元108之间的接口可以为N10接口,AMF网元105与SMF网元106之间的接口可以为N11接口,PCF网元107与UDM网元108之间的接口可以为N25接口,AMF网元105与AUSF网元110之间的接口可以为N12,UDM网元108与AUSF网元110之间的接口可以为N13,AMF网元105与NSSF网元111之间的接口可以为N22。It should be noted that the interface names between each network element in Figure 1 are just an example. In specific implementation, the interface names may be other names and are not restricted. For example, the interface between the terminal device 101 and the AMF network element 105 may be an N1 interface, the interface between the RAN network element 102 and the AMF network element 105 may be an N2 interface, and the interface between the RAN network element 102 and the UPF network element 103 It can be an N3 interface. The interface between UPF network element 103 and SMF network element 106 can be an N4 interface. The interface between PCF network element 107 and AF network element 109 can be an N5 interface. The interface between UPF network element 103 and DN 104 The interface between SMF network element 106 and PCF network element 107 can be an N7 interface, the interface between AMF network element 105 and UDM network element 108 can be an N8 interface, and the interface between UPF network element 103 and UPF network element 103 can be an N7 interface. The interface between elements 103 can be an N9 interface, the interface between SMF network element 106 and UDM network element 108 can be an N10 interface, the interface between AMF network element 105 and SMF network element 106 can be an N11 interface, and the interface between PCF network element 106 can be an N10 interface. The interface between 107 and UDM network element 108 can be N25 interface, the interface between AMF network element 105 and AUSF network element 110 can be N12, the interface between UDM network element 108 and AUSF network element 110 can be N13, AMF The interface between the network element 105 and the NSSF network element 111 may be N22.
终端设备101可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备;还可以包括用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handheld)、膝上型电脑(laptop  computer)、无绳电话(cordless phone)或者无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)台、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、终端设备(terminal device)或者中继用户设备等。其中,中继用户设备可以是5G家庭网关(residential gateway,RG)。为方便描述,上面提到的设备可以统称为终端设备。The terminal device 101 may include various handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems with wireless communication functions; it may also include a subscriber unit, a cellular phone , smart phone (smart phone), wireless data card, personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, tablet computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handheld), laptop computer (laptop computer), cordless phone (cordless phone) or wireless local loop (WLL) station, machine type communication (MTC) terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station, MS), terminal device or relay user equipment, etc. Among them, the relay user equipment may be a 5G residential gateway (RG). For convenience of description, the devices mentioned above can be collectively referred to as terminal devices.
RAN网元102为终端设备101提供无线接入的设备,包括但不限于gNodeB、无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)接入点、全球微波接入互操作性(world interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)基站等。RAN网元可以是RAN网元,RAN网元为接入5G核心网的RAN网元,可以为NR gNodeB,也可以为LTE中的演进通用陆地无线接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)网元。The RAN network element 102 provides wireless access equipment for the terminal device 101, including but not limited to gNodeB, wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point, world interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) base station, etc. The RAN network element can be a RAN network element, which is a RAN network element that accesses the 5G core network. It can be an NR gNodeB, or it can be an evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) in LTE. ) network element.
UPF网元103主要负责对用户报文进行处理,如转发、计费等。UPF网元可以为单播UPF网元、多播UPF网元或多播广播用户面功能(multicast/broadcast user plane function,MB-UPF)网元。单播UPF网元和多播UPF网元可以为同一个UPF网元。单播UPF网元与多播UPF网元在功能上相同,只是单播UPF网元上传输的是当前终端设备的单播数据流(该UPF网元也可以传输多播数据流,比如传输其他终端设备的多播业务的多播数据流),多播UPF网元上传输的是当前终端设备的多播数据流(该UPF网元也可以传输单播数据流)。单播UPF网元和多播UPF网元都以隧道的形式向RAN网元发送数据流。MB-UPF网元是专门用于发送多播数据流的UPF网元,即用来传输多播数据流,而且以组播的形式向RAN网元发送多播数据流。UPF network element 103 is mainly responsible for processing user messages, such as forwarding and accounting. The UPF network element can be a unicast UPF network element, a multicast UPF network element or a multicast/broadcast user plane function (MB-UPF) network element. The unicast UPF network element and the multicast UPF network element can be the same UPF network element. The unicast UPF network element is functionally the same as the multicast UPF network element, except that the unicast UPF network element transmits the unicast data stream of the current terminal device (the UPF network element can also transmit multicast data stream, such as transmitting other The multicast data stream of the multicast service of the terminal device), the multicast data stream of the current terminal device is transmitted on the multicast UPF network element (the UPF network element can also transmit the unicast data stream). Both unicast UPF network elements and multicast UPF network elements send data streams to RAN network elements in the form of tunnels. The MB-UPF network element is a UPF network element specially used to send multicast data flows, that is, it is used to transmit multicast data flows and send multicast data flows to RAN network elements in the form of multicast.
DN 104指的是为用户提供数据传输服务的网络,如IP多媒体业务(IP multi-media service,IMS)、互联网(Internet)等。终端设备101通过建立终端设备、RAN网元102、UPF网元103以及DN 104之间的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话来访问DN 104中的应用服务器(application server,AS)。DN 104 refers to the network that provides data transmission services to users, such as IP multimedia service (IMS), Internet, etc. The terminal device 101 accesses the application server (AS) in the DN 104 by establishing a protocol data unit (PDU) session between the terminal device, the RAN network element 102, the UPF network element 103 and the DN 104.
AMF网元105主要负责移动网络中的移动性管理,如用户位置更新、用户注册网络、用户切换等。AMF网元105可以是多播接入和移动性管理功能(multicast access and mobility management function,M-AMF)网元。M-AMF网元为专门用于管理多播上下文的AMF网元,该网元中存储多播业务的临时移动组标识(temporary mobile group identity,TMGI)以及对应的MB-UPF网元的第一互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)多播地址和通用隧道端点标识(common tunnel endpoint identifier,C-TEID)。AMF network element 105 is mainly responsible for mobility management in mobile networks, such as user location update, user registration network, user switching, etc. The AMF network element 105 may be a multicast access and mobility management function (M-AMF) network element. The M-AMF network element is an AMF network element specially used to manage multicast context. This network element stores the temporary mobile group identity (TMGI) of the multicast service and the first number of the corresponding MB-UPF network element. Internet Protocol (IP) multicast address and common tunnel endpoint identifier (C-TEID).
SMF网元106主要负责移动网络中的会话管理,如会话建立、修改、释放。例如,具体功能包括:为用户分配IP地址、选择提供报文转发功能的UPF等。SMF网元106可以是多播广播会话管理功能(multicast/broadcast session management function,MB-SMF)网元,MB-SMF网元为专门用于管理多播上下文的SMF网元,该网元中存储多播业务的TMGI以及对应的MB-UPF网元的第一IP多播地址和C-TEID。The SMF network element 106 is mainly responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification, and release. For example, specific functions include: assigning IP addresses to users, selecting UPF that provides message forwarding functions, etc. The SMF network element 106 may be a multicast/broadcast session management function (MB-SMF) network element. The MB-SMF network element is an SMF network element specially used to manage multicast context. The network element stores The TMGI of the multicast service and the first IP multicast address and C-TEID of the corresponding MB-UPF network element.
其中,TMGI在多媒体广播组播服务(multimedia broadcast multicast service,MBMS)中用来唯一标识组播与广播承载服务。第一IP多播地址和C-TEID由MB-SMF网元或MB-UPF网元分配,第一IP多播地址用于标识MB-UPF网元传输的多播业务,C-TEID用于标识MB-UPF网元的端口。Among them, TMGI is used to uniquely identify multicast and broadcast bearer services in multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS). The first IP multicast address and C-TEID are allocated by the MB-SMF network element or MB-UPF network element. The first IP multicast address is used to identify the multicast service transmitted by the MB-UPF network element, and the C-TEID is used to identify The port of the MB-UPF network element.
PCF网元107负责提供策略,如QoS策略、切片选择策略等。The PCF network element 107 is responsible for providing policies, such as QoS policies, slice selection policies, etc.
UDM网元108用于存储用户数据,如签约信息、鉴权/授权信息。UDM network element 108 is used to store user data, such as contract information and authentication/authorization information.
AF网元109也可以称为服务器,负责向3GPP网络提供业务,如影响业务路由、与PCF网元之间交互以进行策略控制等。The AF network element 109 can also be called a server and is responsible for providing services to the 3GPP network, such as affecting service routing, interacting with PCF network elements for policy control, etc.
AUSF网元110用于对用户进行鉴权和授权。AUSF network element 110 is used to authenticate and authorize users.
NSSF网元111用于对切片功能进行集中管理。NSSF network element 111 is used to centrally manage the slicing function.
下面对本申请涉及的一些概念进行描述。Some concepts involved in this application are described below.
QoS流:如图2所示,在通信系统(比如5G通信系统)中,可以通过终端设备、RAN网元、UPF网元之间的数据会话(比如PDU会话)来传输数据。在PDU会话中通过服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow)来承载业务数据流并实现差异化的管理,每个QoS流可以通过QoS 流标识(QoS flow identifier,QFI)来唯一标识。QoS流可以由SMF网元预先配置,也可以通过PDU会话建立过程或PDU会话修改流程来建立。在RAN网元与UPF网元之间通过用户面通用无线分组业务隧道协议(GPRS tunneling protocol-user plane,GTP-U)隧道来传输QoS流。在终端设备与RAN网元之间传输QoS流时,将QoS流映射至对应的空口资源。QoS flow: As shown in Figure 2, in a communication system (such as a 5G communication system), data can be transmitted through data sessions (such as PDU sessions) between terminal equipment, RAN network elements, and UPF network elements. In the PDU session, the service data flow is carried through the quality of service (QoS) flow (flow) and differentiated management is achieved. Each QoS flow can pass the QoS Flow identifier (QoS flow identifier, QFI) to uniquely identify. The QoS flow can be pre-configured by the SMF network element or established through the PDU session establishment process or PDU session modification process. The QoS flow is transmitted between the RAN network element and the UPF network element through a user plane General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol (GPRS tunneling protocol-user plane, GTP-U) tunnel. When the QoS flow is transmitted between the terminal device and the RAN network element, the QoS flow is mapped to the corresponding air interface resource.
I帧和P帧:视频流(例如XR业务)的QoS流传输的数据包包括帧内编码图像(intra-coded picture,I)帧和前向预测编码图像(predictive-coded picture,P)帧,并且I帧、P帧交替传输。I帧为帧内编码图像帧,是一种自带全部信息的独立帧,无需参考其他图像即可独立解码,因此是一种关键帧。P帧为前向预测编码图像帧,表示的是当前帧图像与前一帧图像的差别,解码时需要用前一帧图像叠加上当前帧图像与前一帧图像的差别,生成当前帧图像。所以I帧的数据量大于P帧的数据量,I帧与P帧的QoS需求是不同的。I frame and P frame: The data packets transmitted by the QoS stream of the video stream (such as XR service) include intra-coded picture (I) frame and forward predictive-coded picture (predictive-coded picture, P) frame. And I frames and P frames are transmitted alternately. I frame is an intra-coded image frame, which is an independent frame that carries all its own information and can be independently decoded without reference to other images, so it is a key frame. P frame is a forward prediction encoded image frame, which represents the difference between the current frame image and the previous frame image. When decoding, the previous frame image needs to be superimposed on the difference between the current frame image and the previous frame image to generate the current frame image. Therefore, the data amount of I frame is greater than the data amount of P frame, and the QoS requirements of I frame and P frame are different.
基础层和增强层:可伸缩视频编码(scalable video coding,SVC)可以根据需求将视频流分割为一个基础层和多个增强层,基础层为用户提供最基本的视频质量、帧率和分辨率,而增强层则对视频质量进行进一步增强,用户接收到的SVC层数越多,得到的视频质量越高。Base layer and enhancement layer: Scalable video coding (SVC) can divide the video stream into a base layer and multiple enhancement layers according to needs. The base layer provides users with the most basic video quality, frame rate and resolution. , and the enhancement layer further enhances the video quality. The more SVC layers the user receives, the higher the video quality obtained.
PDU集可以为媒体帧(frame)、媒体切片(slice)、或媒体块(tile)等数据,其中,PDU集可以包括I帧和P帧,或基础层和增强层,或视频、音频和触觉等。The PDU set can be data such as media frames (frames), media slices (slices), or media blocks (tiles). The PDU set can include I frames and P frames, or base layers and enhancement layers, or video, audio, and tactile sensations. wait.
如前文所述的,映射到不同QoS流的PDU集之间有时会存在依赖关系,例如第二PDU集依赖第一PDU集,第一PDU集被映射到第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射到第二QoS流,如果第一PDU集传输失败,第二PDU集即使传输成功也会由于缺少被依赖的第一PDU集而无法被解码,此时传输第二PDU集将会造成传输资源的浪费。As mentioned above, there are sometimes dependencies between PDU sets mapped to different QoS flows. For example, the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is Mapping to the second QoS flow, if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, even if the second PDU set is successfully transmitted, it will not be decoded due to the lack of the dependent first PDU set. At this time, transmitting the second PDU set will cause transmission resources of waste.
例如,在一个业务流的一个视频流中,某个GoP结构为IPPP帧,此时P帧的解码依赖于I帧的解析(简称P帧依赖于I帧),后面的P帧的解析依赖于前面的P帧的解析(简称后面的P帧依赖于前面的P帧)。再例如,在一个业务流的一个视频流中包括基础层和增强层,此时,增强层的解析依赖于基础层的解析(简称增强层依赖于基础层)。再例如,多个终端共同服务于同一个用户,多个终端分别接收视频(对应视频业务)、音频(对应音频业务)、触觉(对应感知业务)等类型的数据流,即多个终端接收不同业务流,此时,音频和触觉的输出依赖于视频的显示(简称音频和触觉依赖于视频),或者,视频的显示、音频和触觉的输出缺一不可(即视频、音频、触觉彼此相互依赖),等等。For example, in a video stream of a service stream, a certain GoP structure is an IPPP frame. At this time, the decoding of the P frame depends on the parsing of the I frame (referred to as the P frame depends on the I frame), and the parsing of the subsequent P frame depends on the Analysis of the previous P frame (referred to as the following P frame depends on the previous P frame). For another example, a video stream of a service stream includes a base layer and an enhancement layer. In this case, the analysis of the enhancement layer depends on the analysis of the base layer (referred to as the enhancement layer depends on the base layer). For another example, multiple terminals serve the same user together, and multiple terminals respectively receive video (corresponding to video services), audio (corresponding to audio services), tactile (corresponding to perception services) and other types of data streams, that is, multiple terminals receive different types of data streams. Business flow, at this time, the audio and tactile output depends on the video display (referred to as audio and tactile dependence on video), or the video display, audio and tactile output are indispensable (that is, video, audio, and tactile depend on each other) ),etc.
为此,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,对于来自同一AS的第一PDU集和第二PDU集来说,当第一PDU集传输失败时,UPF网元或RAN网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否继续传输第二PDU集。To this end, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method. For the first PDU set and the second PDU set from the same AS, when the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the UPF network element or the RAN network element uses the second PDU set according to the second PDU set. The dependency relationship between the PDU set and the first PDU set determines whether to continue transmitting the second PDU set.
例如,在一个业务流的一个视频流中,如果I帧传输失败,则依赖于I帧的P帧即使传输成功也无法被解析,不传输P帧可以节省传输资源。再例如,在一个业务流的一个视频流中,如果基础层传输失败,则依赖于基础层的增强层即使传输成功也无法被解析,不传输增强层可以节省传输资源。再例如,多个终端分别接收视频、音频和触觉,如果视频传输失败,则依赖于视频的音频和触觉即使输出,用户也无法得到完整体验,不传输音频和触觉可以节省传输资源;或者,视频、音频和触觉中任一个没传输成功,用户也无法得到完整体验,不传输其余两种数据可以节省传输资源。For example, in a video stream of a service stream, if the I frame transmission fails, the P frame that depends on the I frame cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful. Not transmitting the P frame can save transmission resources. For another example, in a video stream of a service stream, if the base layer fails to be transmitted, the enhancement layer that relies on the base layer cannot be parsed even if the transmission is successful. Not transmitting the enhancement layer can save transmission resources. For another example, multiple terminals receive video, audio, and haptics respectively. If the video transmission fails, the user will not be able to get a complete experience even if the audio and haptics that depend on the video are output. Not transmitting audio and haptics can save transmission resources; or, video If any one of , audio and haptic data is not transmitted successfully, the user will not be able to get a complete experience. Not transmitting the other two types of data can save transmission resources.
在一种通信方法中,当UPF网元向RAN网元传输第一PDU集而传输失败时,由UPF网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否继续向RAN网元传输第二PDU集,如图3所示,该通信方法包括:In a communication method, when the UPF network element transmits the first PDU set to the RAN network element and the transmission fails, the UPF network element determines whether to continue to transmit the first PDU set to the RAN network based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. Yuan transmits the second PDU set, as shown in Figure 3. The communication method includes:
S101、UPF网元从AS接收在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一PDU集和在终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集。S101. The UPF network element receives a first PDU set of the first service used on the terminal device and a second PDU set of the second service used on the terminal device from the AS.
其中,第一业务和第二业务可以是相同的业务,也可以是不同的业务。第一PDU集和第二PDU集来自同一AS。第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。第一PDU集的QoS需求不同于第二PDU集的QoS需求,或者,第一PDU集的重要程度不同于第二PDU集的重要程度。The first service and the second service may be the same service or different services. The first PDU set and the second PDU set are from the same AS. The second set of PDUs depends on the first set of PDUs. The QoS requirements of the first PDU set are different from the QoS requirements of the second PDU set, or the importance of the first PDU set is different from the importance of the second PDU set.
本申请涉及的依赖可以是在解码时第二PDU集需要依赖于第一PDU集,例如第一PDU集是I帧,第二PDU集是P帧,则第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。第二PDU集是增强层,第一PDU 集为基础层,则第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。本申请涉及的依赖还可以是业务使用或显示上的依赖,例如第一PDU集对应视频流,第二PDU集为音频或触觉,假使视频传输失败,那么音频和触觉的体验也不完整,因此认为第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。对于业务使用或显示上的依赖,任意数据流对应的PDU集都可以是第一PDU集,而其它数据流对应的PDU集为第二PDU集。当有任一数据流没传输成功,其他数据流的传输也使得体验也不完整。因此,可以认为使用同一业务的各数据流对应的PDU集互相依赖。本申请的业务可以是媒体业务(例如视频、音频)、感知业务(例如触觉)等。The dependencies involved in this application may be that the second PDU set needs to depend on the first PDU set during decoding. For example, the first PDU set is an I frame and the second PDU set is a P frame, then the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. . The second PDU set is the enhancement layer, and the first PDU The set is the base layer, then the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. The dependencies involved in this application can also be dependencies on business use or display. For example, the first PDU set corresponds to the video stream, and the second PDU set corresponds to audio or haptic. If the video transmission fails, the audio and tactile experience will not be complete, so The second set of PDUs is considered dependent on the first set of PDUs. For service usage or display dependencies, the PDU set corresponding to any data flow can be the first PDU set, and the PDU set corresponding to other data flows can be the second PDU set. When any data stream is not transmitted successfully, the transmission of other data streams also makes the experience incomplete. Therefore, it can be considered that the PDU sets corresponding to each data flow using the same service are dependent on each other. The services of this application may be media services (such as video, audio), perception services (such as tactile sensation), etc.
UPF网元可以通过多种方式获取第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系。例如,AS在向UPF网元发送第一PDU集和第二PDU集时,可以直接通过指示信息指示第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系,例如通过指示信息指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。或者,UPF网元可以通过检测第一PDU集和第二PDU集的属性信息(attribute)从而得到第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系,其中,PDU集的属性信息可以包括:I帧和P帧,或基础层和增强层,或视频、音频和触觉等。例如,P帧依赖于属于相同GoP的I帧,时序靠后的P帧依赖于时序靠前的P帧,增强层依赖于基础层,音频、触觉依赖于视频,或者视频、音频和触觉相互依赖等等。The UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through various methods. For example, when the AS sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the UPF network element, the AS can directly indicate the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through the indication information, such as indicating the second PDU set through the indication information. Depends on the first PDU set. Alternatively, the UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set by detecting the attribute information (attributes) of the first PDU set and the second PDU set, where the attribute information of the PDU set may include: I frame and P frame, or base layer and enhancement layer, or video, audio and haptic, etc. For example, P frames depend on I frames belonging to the same GoP, P frames with later timing depend on P frames with earlier timing, enhancement layers depend on base layers, audio and haptics depend on video, or video, audio and haptics depend on each other. etc.
因此,第一PDU集可以为视频流中的I帧,第二PDU集为与该I帧属于同GoP的P帧。或者,第一PDU集可以为视频流中时序靠前的P帧,第二PDU集为与上述时序靠前的P帧同组的时序靠后的P帧。或者,第一PDU集为视频流中的基础层,第二PDU集为视频流中的增强层。或者,第一PDU集为服务于同一用户的视频、音频或触觉中的一个,第二PDU集为视频、音频、触觉中的其余至少一个;示例性地,第一PDU集为视频,第二PDU集为音频和/或触觉。Therefore, the first PDU set may be I frames in the video stream, and the second PDU set may be P frames belonging to the same GoP as the I frame. Alternatively, the first PDU set may be P frames with earlier timing in the video stream, and the second PDU set may be P frames with later timing in the same group as the P frames with earlier timing. Alternatively, the first PDU set is a base layer in the video stream, and the second PDU set is an enhancement layer in the video stream. Alternatively, the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptics serving the same user, and the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, or haptics; for example, the first PDU set is video, and the second PDU set is video, audio, or haptic. PDU sets are audio and/or haptic.
UPF网元可以根据第一PDU集和第二PDU集的不同属性信息将第一PDU集和第二PDU集映射至不同QoS流。The UPF network element may map the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows according to different attribute information of the first PDU set and the second PDU set.
例如,对于属于同一GoP的I帧和P帧来说,UPF网元将I帧映射到第一QoS流,将P帧映射到第二QoS流。再例如,对于属于同一GoP的多个P帧来说,UPF网元将时序靠前的P帧映射到第一QoS流,将时序靠后的P帧映射到第二QoS流。再例如,对于基础层和增强层来说,UPF网元将基础层映射到第一QoS流,将增强层映射到第二QoS流。For example, for I frames and P frames belonging to the same GoP, the UPF network element maps the I frame to the first QoS flow and the P frame to the second QoS flow. For another example, for multiple P frames belonging to the same GoP, the UPF network element maps the P frame with earlier timing to the first QoS flow, and maps the P frame with later timing to the second QoS flow. For another example, for the base layer and enhancement layer, the UPF network element maps the base layer to the first QoS flow and the enhancement layer to the second QoS flow.
另外,UPF网元为第一PDU集分配第一PDU集的标识,为第二PDU集分配第二PDU集的标识,并存储第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系。In addition, the UPF network element allocates the identifier of the first PDU set to the first PDU set, allocates the identifier of the second PDU set to the second PDU set, and stores the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set.
UPF网元在为有依赖关系的PDU集分配PDU集的标识的时候,可以基于QoS流粒度分配PDU集的标识,即映射到同一QoS流的PDU集的标识不同,映射到不同QoS流的PDU集的标识可以相同,换言之,第一PDU集的标识可以与第二PDU集的标识相同或不同。When UPF network elements allocate PDU set identifiers to dependent PDU sets, they can allocate PDU set identifiers based on QoS flow granularity, that is, PDU sets mapped to the same QoS flow have different identifiers, and PDUs mapped to different QoS flows The identifiers of the sets may be the same. In other words, the identifiers of the first PDU set may be the same as or different from the identifiers of the second PDU set.
UPF网元将第一QoS流的标识QFI1、第一PDU集的标识、第二QoS流的标识QFI2和第二PDU集的标识相关联得到第一关联关系,并记录第一PDU集和第二PDU集之间的依赖关系,从而实现存储第一PDU集和第二PDU集之间的依赖关系。进而,UPF网元可以根据第一QoS流的标识QFI和第一PDU集的标识来确定依赖于第一PDU集的被映射到第二QoS流的第二PDU集(的标识)。The UPF network element associates the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow, the identifier of the first PDU set, the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS flow and the identifier of the second PDU set to obtain the first association relationship, and records the first PDU set and the second PDU set. Dependency relationship between PDU sets, thereby achieving storage of dependency relationships between the first PDU set and the second PDU set. Furthermore, the UPF network element may determine (the identity of) the second PDU set that is mapped to the second QoS flow depending on the first PDU set according to the identity QFI of the first QoS flow and the identity of the first PDU set.
或者,UPF网元在为有依赖关系的PDU集分配PDU集的标识的时候,可以基于业务流粒度分配PDU集的标识,即同一业务流的PDU集的标识不同,与映射到哪个QoS流无关,第一PDU集的标识与第二PDU集的标识不同。此时,UPF网元可以为第一QoS流和第二QoS流分配相同的关联标识,即关联标识可以用于标识同一业务流的QoS流。此时,UPF网元将关联标识、第一PDU集的标识和第二PDU集的标识相关联得到第二关联关系,并记录第一PDU集和第二PDU集之间的依赖关系,从而实现存储第一PDU集和第二PDU集之间的依赖关系。进而,UPF网元可以根据关联标识和第一PDU集的标识来确定依赖于第一PDU集的第二PDU集(的标识)。Alternatively, when the UPF network element allocates PDU set identifiers to dependent PDU sets, it can allocate PDU set identifiers based on service flow granularity. That is, the identifiers of PDU sets for the same service flow are different, regardless of which QoS flow they are mapped to. , the identifier of the first PDU set is different from the identifier of the second PDU set. At this time, the UPF network element can allocate the same association identifier to the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, that is, the association identifier can be used to identify the QoS flow of the same service flow. At this time, the UPF network element associates the association identifier, the identifier of the first PDU set and the identifier of the second PDU set to obtain the second association relationship, and records the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set, thereby achieving A dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set is stored. Furthermore, the UPF network element can determine (the identity of) the second PDU set that depends on the first PDU set according to the association identity and the identity of the first PDU set.
S102、UPF网元向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。S102. The UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element.
UPF网元通过第一QoS流向RAN网元发送第一PDU集,相应地,RAN网元接收第一PDU集。承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一QoS流的标识QFI1以及第一PDU集的标识,或者,承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括关联标识以及第一PDU集的标识。 The UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and accordingly, the RAN network element receives the first PDU set. The GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set, or the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the header of the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set. Including the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set.
需要说明的是,对于周期性资源配置或者终端设备的连接态不连续接收(connected mode discontinuous reception,CDRX)等需求,RAN网元期望接收到的数据是周期性的,但是UPF网元接收到的多个PDU集之间会存在时间偏差(例如,AS并不是严格周期性下发PDU集)。此时UPF网元在向RAN网元发送PDU集时,需要根据接收的PDU集的帧率确定发送PDU集的时间间隔或自行检测PDU集的帧率以确定发送PDU集的时间间隔,以实现周期性向RAN网元发送PDU集。因此,如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则UPF网元可以延迟至下一周期的发送时间点向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。也就是说,对于周期性发送的PDU集,如果UPF网元提前接收到该PDU集,则先进行缓存,延迟至下一周期的发送时间点再发送该PDU集,以实现周期性发送PDU集。It should be noted that for requirements such as periodic resource configuration or connected mode discontinuous reception (CDRX) of terminal equipment, the data that the RAN network element expects to receive is periodic, but the data received by the UPF network element There will be time deviations between multiple PDU sets (for example, the AS does not deliver PDU sets strictly periodically). At this time, when the UPF network element sends a PDU set to the RAN network element, it needs to determine the time interval for sending the PDU set based on the frame rate of the received PDU set or self-detect the frame rate of the PDU set to determine the time interval for sending the PDU set, in order to achieve Periodically sends PDU sets to RAN network elements. Therefore, if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, the UPF network element may delay sending the first PDU set to the RAN network element until the sending time point of the next cycle. That is to say, for the PDU set that is sent periodically, if the UPF network element receives the PDU set in advance, it will cache it first and delay sending the PDU set until the sending time point of the next period, so as to realize the periodic sending of the PDU set. .
S103、RAN网元向终端设备发送第一PDU集。S103. The RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
S104、响应于第一PDU集传输失败,RAN网元向UPF网元发送失败指示消息。S104. In response to the transmission failure of the first PDU set, the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
RAN网元可以通过以下方式确定第一PDU集传输失败,例如,终端设备反馈未接收到第一PDU集,RAN网元未能成功为第一PDU集分配资源等。The RAN network element may determine that the transmission of the first PDU set fails in the following manner, for example, the terminal device reports that the first PDU set is not received, the RAN network element fails to successfully allocate resources for the first PDU set, etc.
失败指示消息用于指示第一PDU集传输失败。例如,可以通过整个消息或消息中的某个信元来指示第一PDU集传输失败。The failure indication message is used to indicate that the transmission of the first PDU set fails. For example, the transmission failure of the first PDU set may be indicated through the entire message or a certain information element in the message.
在一种可能的实施方式中,如果在步骤S104中,RAN网元从UPF网元接收第一QoS流的标识QFI1以及第一PDU集的标识,则失败指示消息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第一PDU集的标识,用于指示UPF网元根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, if in step S104, the RAN network element receives the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set from the UPF network element, the failure indication message includes the identifier of the first QoS flow. , the identifier of the first PDU set, used to instruct the UPF network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,如果在步骤S104中,RAN网元从UPF网元接收关联标识以及第一PDU集的标识,则失败指示消息中包括关联标识、第一PDU集的标识,用于指示第一设备根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。该实施方式对应于UPF网元基于业务流粒度分配PDU集的标识。In another possible implementation, if in step S104, the RAN network element receives the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set from the UPF network element, then the failure indication message includes the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set, Used to instruct the first device to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set. This implementation mode corresponds to the UPF network element allocating the identifier of the PDU set based on the service flow granularity.
S105、如果第一PDU集传输失败,则UPF网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。S105. If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the UPF network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
如步骤S104所描述的,UPF网元可以根据失败指示消息中的第一QoS流的标识QFI和第一PDU集的标识,查找步骤S101中存储的第一关联关系以及第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系,确定依赖于第一PDU集的映射到第二QoS流的第二PDU集(的标识),或者,UPF网元可以根据失败指示消息中的关联标识和第一PDU集的标识,查找步骤S101中存储的第二关联关系以及第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系,确定依赖于第一PDU集的第二PDU集(的标识)。As described in step S104, the UPF network element can search for the first association relationship stored in step S101 and the relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set according to the identifier QFI of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set in the failure indication message. The dependency relationship between PDU sets determines the second PDU set (identity) mapped to the second QoS flow that depends on the first PDU set, or the UPF network element can determine the dependence on the first PDU set based on the association identification in the failure indication message and the first PDU The identifier of the set is searched for the second association relationship stored in step S101 and the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set, and the (identity of) the second PDU set that is dependent on the first PDU set is determined.
UPF网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。如果第一PDU集被其他PDU集(例如第二PDU集)依赖,例如,第一PDU集为I帧,或者,第一PDU集为时序靠前的P帧,或者,第一PDU集为基础层,或者,第一PDU集为视频,则UPF网元重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。此外,当空口发生拥塞的时候,UPF网元可根据下发规则、本地配置等决定是否重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。The UPF network element determines whether to resend the first PDU set to the RAN network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. If the first PDU set is dependent on other PDU sets (such as the second PDU set), for example, the first PDU set is an I frame, or the first PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, or the first PDU set is based on layer, or if the first PDU set is video, the UPF network element resends the first PDU set to the RAN network element. In addition, when congestion occurs on the air interface, the UPF network element can decide whether to re-send the first PDU set to the RAN network element based on delivery rules, local configuration, etc.
可选的,对于周期性资源配置或者终端设备的CDRX等需求,RAN网元期望接收到的数据是周期性的,所以如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则UPF网元可以延迟至下一周期的发送时间点重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。Optionally, for requirements such as periodic resource configuration or CDRX of terminal equipment, the data received by the RAN network element is expected to be periodic, so if the transmission time point of the next cycle is not reached, the UPF network element can be delayed until the next The first PDU set is re-sent to the RAN network element at the sending time point of one cycle.
如果第一PDU集未被其他PDU集(例如第二PDU集)依赖,则UPF网元可以不重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。If the first PDU set is not relied upon by other PDU sets (eg, the second PDU set), the UPF network element may not re-send the first PDU set to the RAN network element.
UPF网元进一步确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集:The UPF network element further determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element:
如果UPF网元不重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集,则UPF网元不向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。因为第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集,即使UPF网元发送了第二PDU集也无法被终端设备正确解析,浪费传输资源。If the UPF network element does not re-send the first PDU set to the RAN network element, the UPF network element does not send the second PDU set to the RAN network element. Because the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, even if the UPF network element sends the second PDU set, it cannot be correctly parsed by the terminal device, which wastes transmission resources.
如果UPF网元重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集,则UPF网元可以向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。进一步地,如果UPF网元重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集,则UPF网元还可以获取RAN网元的空口拥塞信息,并且根据RAN网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信 息来确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。If the UPF network element resends the first PDU set to the RAN network element, the UPF network element can send the second PDU set to the RAN network element. Further, if the UPF network element resends the first PDU set to the RAN network element, the UPF network element can also obtain the air interface congestion information of the RAN network element, and based on the air interface congestion information of the RAN network element and/or according to the second PDU set attribute letter information to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element.
其中,空口拥塞信息可以来自于RAN网元或SMF网元,或者,UPF网元可以通过QoS监测(QoS monitoring,QM)得到的传输时延来确定RAN网元的空口拥塞信息,例如,传输时延变大说明空口发生拥塞。Among them, the air interface congestion information can come from the RAN network element or the SMF network element, or the UPF network element can determine the air interface congestion information of the RAN network element through the transmission delay obtained by QoS monitoring (QoS monitoring, QM), for example, during transmission A large delay indicates congestion on the air interface.
具体的,如果空口拥塞信息指示RAN网元的空口未发生拥塞,则UPF网元可以向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。如果空口拥塞信息指示RAN网元的空口发生拥塞,则UPF网元可以不向RAN网元发送第二PDU集,或者,UPF网元可以根据第二PDU集的属性信息向RAN网元发送第二PDU集,例如,如果RAN网元的空口发生拥塞,但是第二PDU集为时序靠前的P帧,则UPF网元仍然向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。Specifically, if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the RAN network element is not congested, the UPF network element may send the second PDU set to the RAN network element. If the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the RAN network element is congested, the UPF network element may not send the second PDU set to the RAN network element, or the UPF network element may send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the attribute information of the second PDU set. PDU set, for example, if the air interface of the RAN network element is congested, but the second PDU set is a P frame with earlier timing, the UPF network element still sends the second PDU set to the RAN network element.
可选的,对于周期性资源配置或者终端设备的CDRX等需求,RAN网元期望接收到的数据是周期性的,所以如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则UPF网元延迟至下一周期的发送时间点向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。Optionally, for requirements such as periodic resource configuration or CDRX of terminal equipment, the data received by the RAN network element is expected to be periodic, so if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, the UPF network element delays to the next The second PDU set is sent to the RAN network element at a periodic sending time point.
另外,如果UPF网元确定不向RAN网元发送第二PDU集,则UPF网元向RAN网元发送休眠指示信息,由RAN网元转发给终端设备。该休眠指示信息用于指示在未来N个周期性的发送时间点不向终端设备发送第二PDU集,N为在一段时间内已缓存的第二PDU集的个数,使得终端设备在这一段时间内可以进行休眠,不必接收下行数据,以降低功耗。In addition, if the UPF network element determines not to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element, the UPF network element sends the sleep indication information to the RAN network element, and the RAN network element forwards it to the terminal device. The dormancy indication information is used to indicate not to send the second PDU set to the terminal device at N periodic sending time points in the future, where N is the number of the second PDU set that has been buffered within a period of time, so that the terminal device can You can sleep during this time without receiving downlink data to reduce power consumption.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,当UPF网元确定RAN网元向终端设备传输的第一PDU集传输失败时,根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集,避免了任何情况下均传输第二PDU集却不能被正确解析,从而浪费传输资源,因此可以节省传输资源。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the UPF network element determines that the transmission of the first PDU set transmitted by the RAN network element to the terminal device has failed, it determines whether to transmit the first PDU set to the RAN network based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. Transmitting the second PDU set in one step avoids the waste of transmission resources by transmitting the second PDU set but not being able to parse it correctly under any circumstances, so transmission resources can be saved.
在另一种通信方法中,UPF网元将第一PDU集和第二PDU集映射到不同QoS流中,并存储第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系,并将该依赖关系发送给RAN网元。当RAN网元向终端设备传输第一PDU集而传输失败时,由RAN网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否继续向终端设备传输第二PDU集,以节省传输资源。如图4所示,该通信方法包括:In another communication method, the UPF network element maps the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows, stores the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and stores the dependency relationship Sent to RAN network element. When the RAN network element transmits the first PDU set to the terminal device and the transmission fails, the RAN network element determines whether to continue transmitting the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set to save money. Transport resources. As shown in Figure 4, the communication method includes:
S201、UPF网元从AS接收第一PDU集和第二PDU集。S201. The UPF network element receives the first PDU set and the second PDU set from the AS.
该步骤参照步骤S101,在此不再赘述。For this step, refer to step S101, which will not be described again here.
S202、UPF网元向通过第一QoS流向RAN网元发送第一PDU集,通过第二QoS流向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。S202. The UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and sends the second PDU set to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow.
相应地,RAN网元从UPF网元接收第一PDU集和第二PDU集。第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流。关于第一PDU集、第二PDU集、第一QoS流和第二QoS流的其他内容参照前文描述,在此不再赘述。Correspondingly, the RAN network element receives the first PDU set and the second PDU set from the UPF network element. The first set of PDUs is mapped to the first QoS flow and the second set of PDUs is mapped to the second QoS flow. For other contents of the first PDU set, the second PDU set, the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow, refer to the foregoing description and will not be repeated here.
UPF网元可以将第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系发送给RAN网元,包括以下几种实施方式:The UPF network element may send the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the RAN network element, including the following implementation methods:
在一种可能的实施方式中,在UPF网元在向RAN网元发送第一PDU集和第二PDU集时,可以在承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一PDU集依赖信息,在承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第二PDU集依赖信息。其中,第一PDU集依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识和第一PDU集的标识。第二PDU集依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第一PDU集的标识和第二PDU集的标识。第一PDU集依赖信息和第二PDU集依赖信息用于指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, when the UPF network element sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the RAN network element, the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set may include the third PDU set. The first PDU set dependency information includes the second PDU set dependency information in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set. The first PDU set dependency information includes an identifier of the first QoS flow and an identifier of the first PDU set. The second PDU set dependency information includes the identity of the first QoS flow, the identity of the second QoS flow, the identity of the first PDU set, and the identity of the second PDU set. The first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
由于第一PDU集不依赖于其他PDU集,所以第一PDU集依赖信息中只需要包括第一QoS流的标识和第一PDU集的标识。由于第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集,所以第二PDU集依赖信息中不仅包括第二QoS流的标识和第二PDU集的标识,还包括第一QoS流的标识和第一PDU集的标识。Since the first PDU set does not depend on other PDU sets, the first PDU set dependency information only needs to include the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. Since the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, the second PDU set dependency information not only includes the identifier of the second QoS flow and the identifier of the second PDU set, but also includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. logo.
此时,UPF网元在为有依赖关系的PDU集分配PDU集的标识的时候,可以是基于QoS流粒度分配PDU集的标识,也可以是基于业务流粒度分配PDU集的标识。At this time, when the UPF network element allocates the identifier of the PDU set to the dependent PDU set, it may allocate the identifier of the PDU set based on the QoS flow granularity, or it may allocate the identifier of the PDU set based on the service flow granularity.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,在UPF网元在向RAN网元发送第一PDU集和第二PDU集时, 可以在承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第三PDU集依赖信息,在承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第四PDU集依赖信息。其中,第三PDU集依赖信息中包括关联标识和第一PDU集的标识。第四PDU集依赖信息中包括关联标识、第一PDU集的标识和第二PDU集的标识。In another possible implementation, when the UPF network element sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the RAN network element, The third PDU set dependency information may be included in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set, and the fourth PDU set dependency information may be included in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set. . The third PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set. The fourth PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier, an identifier of the first PDU set, and an identifier of the second PDU set.
第三PDU集依赖信息和第四PDU集依赖信息用于指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。由于第一PDU集不依赖于其他PDU集,所以第一PDU集依赖信息中只需要包括关联标识和第一PDU集的标识。由于第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集,所以第二PDU集依赖信息中不仅包括关联标识和第二PDU集的标识,还包括第一PDU集的标识。The third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. Since the first PDU set does not depend on other PDU sets, the first PDU set dependency information only needs to include the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set. Since the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, the second PDU set dependency information not only includes the association identifier and the identifier of the second PDU set, but also includes the identifier of the first PDU set.
此时,UPF网元在为有依赖关系的PDU集分配PDU集的标识的时候,是基于业务流粒度分配PDU集的标识。At this time, when the UPF network element allocates the identifier of the PDU set to the dependent PDU set, it allocates the identifier of the PDU set based on the service flow granularity.
或者,SMF网元或UPF网元可以将第一QoS流与第二QoS流之间的依赖关系发送给RAN网元,由于第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流,那么映射至第二QoS流的PDU集也依赖于映射至第一QoS流的PDU集。进一步地,承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中和承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括相同的组标识;或者,承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括第一PDU集的标识,可选的,承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括第二PDU集的标识。从而指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。Alternatively, the SMF network element or the UPF network element can send the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element. Since the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow, it is mapped to the second QoS flow. The set of PDUs also depends on the set of PDUs mapped to the first QoS flow. Further, the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set and the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the second PDU set also include the same group identifier; or, the second PDU set is carried The GTP-U data packet (the header) also includes the identifier of the first PDU set. Optionally, the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set also includes the identifier of the second PDU set. Thereby indicating that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
UPF网元将第一QoS流与第二QoS流之间的依赖关系发送给RAN网元,包括以下几种实施方式:The UPF network element sends the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element, including the following implementation methods:
在一种可能的实施方式中,在UPF网元在向RAN网元发送第一PDU集和第二PDU集时,可以在承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一QoS流依赖信息,在承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第二QoS流依赖信息。其中,第一QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第一依赖指示信息,可选的,第一QoS流依赖信息中还包括第二QoS流的标识。第二QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第二依赖指示信息。第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息用于指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。In a possible implementation, when the UPF network element sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the RAN network element, the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set may include the third PDU set. QoS flow dependency information, including the second QoS flow dependency information in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set. The first QoS flow dependency information includes an identifier of the first QoS flow and first dependency indication information. Optionally, the first QoS flow dependency information also includes an identifier of the second QoS flow. The second QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the identifier of the second QoS flow, and the second dependency indication information. The first dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, and the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets. The first QoS flow The dependency information and the second QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,在UPF网元在向RAN网元发送第一PDU集和第二PDU集时,可以在承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第三QoS流依赖信息,在承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第四QoS流依赖信息。其中,第三QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、关联标识、第一依赖指示信息,第四QoS流依赖信息中包括第二QoS流的标识、关联标识、第二依赖指示信息。第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息用于指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。In another possible implementation, when the UPF network element sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the RAN network element, it may be included in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set. The third QoS flow dependency information includes the fourth QoS flow dependency information in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set. The third QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow, and the fourth QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and second dependency indication information of the second QoS flow. The first dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets, and the third QoS flow The dependency information and the fourth QoS flow dependency information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
需要说明的是,本申请涉及的第一依赖指示信息和第二依赖指示信息可以通过同一字段的不同取值来表示,例如该字段取值为1表示第一依赖指示信息,该字段取值为0表示第二依赖指示信息,或者,该字段取值为1表示第二依赖指示信息,该字段取值为0表示第一依赖指示信息。第三PDU集依赖信息和第四PDU集依赖信息指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流,即相当于第二QoS流传输的相同组(例如:相同GoP)的第二PDU集也依赖于第一QoS流传输的相同组(例如:相同GoP)的第一PDU集。It should be noted that the first dependency indication information and the second dependence indication information involved in this application can be represented by different values of the same field. For example, the value of this field is 1 to represent the first dependence indication information, and the value of this field is 0 represents the second dependency indication information, or a value of 1 in this field represents the second dependence indication information, and a value of 0 in this field represents the first dependence indication information. The third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependency information indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow, that is, the second PDU set equivalent to the same group (for example: the same GoP) transmitted by the second QoS flow also depends on The first set of PDUs of the same group (for example: the same GoP) transmitted by the first QoS stream.
SMF网元将第一QoS流与第二QoS流之间的依赖关系发送给RAN网元:The SMF network element sends the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element:
SMF网元向RAN网元发送第一QoS流配置消息和第二QoS流配置消息,第一QoS流配置消息中包括第一QoS流依赖信息,第二QoS流配置消息中包括第二QoS流依赖信息,或者,第一QoS流配置消息中包括第三QoS流依赖信息,第二QoS流配置消息中包括第四QoS流依赖信息。The SMF network element sends a first QoS flow configuration message and a second QoS flow configuration message to the RAN network element. The first QoS flow configuration message includes the first QoS flow dependency information, and the second QoS flow configuration message includes the second QoS flow dependency information. information, or the first QoS flow configuration message includes third QoS flow dependency information, and the second QoS flow configuration message includes fourth QoS flow dependency information.
S203、RAN网元向终端设备发送第一PDU集。S203. The RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
S204、如果第一PDU集传输失败,则RAN网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。 S204. If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the RAN network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
关于RAN网元可以如何确定第一PDU集传输失败参照步骤S104,在此不再赘述。Regarding how the RAN network element can determine the transmission failure of the first PDU set, refer to step S104, which will not be described again here.
RAN网元可以根据第一PDU集依赖信息和第二PDU集依赖信息确定第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。或者,RAN网元可以根据第三PDU集依赖信息和第四PDU集依赖信息确定第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。The RAN network element may determine that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set according to the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information. Alternatively, the RAN network element may determine that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set according to the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependence information.
或者,RAN网元可以根据第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息确定第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流,并进一步通过组标识确定映射至第二QoS流的第二PDU集与第一PDU集属于同一组,所以可以确定第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。或者,RAN网元通过承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中携带的第一PDU集的标识以及承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中携带的第二PDU集的标识,确定第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。Alternatively, the RAN network element may determine that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow based on the first QoS flow dependency information and the second QoS flow dependency information, and further determine the second PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow through the group identifier. The first PDU set belongs to the same group, so it can be determined that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. Alternatively, the RAN network element uses the identifier of the first PDU set carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first set of PDUs and the identifier of the first set of GTP-U data carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second set of PDUs. The identifier of the second PDU set determines that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
或者,RAN网元可以根据第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息确定第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流,并进一步通过组标识确定映射至第二QoS流的第二PDU集与第一PDU集属于同一组,所以可以确定第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。或者,RAN网元通过承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中携带的第一PDU集的标识以及承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中携带的第二PDU集的标识,确定第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。Alternatively, the RAN network element may determine that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow based on the third QoS flow dependency information and the fourth QoS flow dependence information, and further determine the second PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow through the group identifier. The first PDU set belongs to the same group, so it can be determined that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. Alternatively, the RAN network element uses the identifier of the first PDU set carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first set of PDUs and the identifier of the first set of GTP-U data carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second set of PDUs. The identifier of the second PDU set determines that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
RAN网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集。如果第一PDU集被其他PDU集(例如第二PDU集)依赖,例如,第一PDU集为I帧,或者,第一PDU集为时序靠前的P帧,或者,第一PDU集为基础层,或者,第一PDU集为视频,则RAN网元重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集。如果第一PDU集未被其他PDU集(例如第二PDU集)依赖,则RAN网元可以不重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集。此外,当空口发生拥塞的时候,RAN网元可根据下发规则、本地配置等决定是否重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集,以优先保证网络正常通信。The RAN network element determines whether to re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. If the first PDU set is dependent on other PDU sets (such as the second PDU set), for example, the first PDU set is an I frame, or the first PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, or the first PDU set is based on layer, or if the first PDU set is video, the RAN network element re-sends the first PDU set to the terminal device. If the first PDU set is not relied upon by other PDU sets (eg, the second PDU set), the RAN network element may not re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device. In addition, when the air interface is congested, the RAN network element can decide whether to resend the first PDU set to the terminal device based on delivery rules, local configuration, etc., to prioritize ensuring normal network communication.
RAN网元进一步确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集:The RAN network element further determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device:
如果RAN网元确定不重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集,则RAN不向终端设备发送第二PDU集。因为第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集,即使RAN发送了第二PDU集也无法被终端设备正确解析,浪费传输资源。If the RAN network element determines not to re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device, the RAN does not send the second PDU set to the terminal device. Because the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set, even if the RAN sends the second PDU set, it cannot be correctly parsed by the terminal device, which wastes transmission resources.
如果RAN重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集,则RAN可以向终端设备发送第二PDU集。进一步地,如果RAN网元重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集,则RAN网元还可以根据RAN网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。If the RAN re-sends the first set of PDUs to the terminal device, the RAN may send the second set of PDUs to the terminal device. Further, if the RAN network element re-sends the first PDU set to the terminal device, the RAN network element may also determine whether to send the third PDU set to the terminal device according to the air interface congestion information of the RAN network element and/or according to the attribute information of the second PDU set. Two PDU sets.
具体的,如果空口拥塞信息指示空口未发生拥塞,则RAN网元可以向终端设备发送第二PDU集。如果空口拥塞信息指示空口发生拥塞,则RAN网元可以不向终端设备发送第二PDU集,或者,RAN网元可以根据第二PDU集的属性信息向终端设备发送第二PDU集,如果RAN网元的空口发生拥塞,但是第二PDU集为时序靠前的P帧,则RAN网元仍然向终端设备发送第二PDU集。Specifically, if the air interface congestion information indicates that no congestion occurs on the air interface, the RAN network element may send the second PDU set to the terminal device. If the air interface congestion information indicates that congestion occurs on the air interface, the RAN network element may not send the second PDU set to the terminal device, or the RAN network element may send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the attribute information of the second PDU set. If the RAN network element If the air interface of the RAN network element is congested, but the second PDU set is a P frame with an earlier timing, the RAN network element still sends the second PDU set to the terminal device.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,当RAN网元确定向终端设备传输的第一PDU集传输失败时,根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集,避免了任何情况下均传输第二PDU集却不能被正确解析,从而浪费传输资源,因此可以节省传输资源。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the RAN network element determines that the transmission of the first PDU set to the terminal device fails, it determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. The PDU set avoids wasting transmission resources by transmitting the second PDU set but failing to parse it correctly under any circumstances, so transmission resources can be saved.
下面结合具体的实施方式对本申请的技术方案进行详细描述。The technical solution of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to specific implementation modes.
图5是本申请中图3所示的通信方法的一种具体实施方式,在该实施方式中,UPF网元将第一PDU集和第二PDU集映射到不同QoS流中,并存储第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系。UPF网元向RAN网元发送第一PDU集之后,如果从RAN网元接收到第一PDU集传输失败的指示信息,则UPF网元根据该依赖关系可以不再发送第二PDU集,以节省传输资源。Figure 5 is a specific implementation of the communication method shown in Figure 3 in this application. In this implementation, the UPF network element maps the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows, and stores the second PDU set. The dependency relationship between the PDU set and the first PDU set. After the UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element, if an indication message indicating that the transmission of the first PDU set failed is received from the RAN network element, the UPF network element may no longer send the second PDU set according to the dependency relationship to save money. Transport resources.
具体的,如图5所示,该通信方法包括步骤S301-S310。Specifically, as shown in Figure 5, the communication method includes steps S301-S310.
S301、AF网元向PCF网元发送业务流(例如视频流)的第一PDU集的QoS需求和第二PDU集的QoS需求。S301. The AF network element sends QoS requirements of the first PDU set and QoS requirements of the second PDU set of the service flow (for example, video stream) to the PCF network element.
本申请以第一PDU集的QoS需求高于第二PDU集的QoS需求为例进行说明,但并不意在限定于此。例如,对于属于同一GoP的I帧和P帧来说,第一PDU集为I帧,第二PDU集为P帧,I帧的QoS需求高于P帧的QoS需求(例如,I帧的带宽需求高于P帧的带宽需求)。再例如, 对于属于同一GoP的多个P帧来说,第一PDU集为时序靠前的P帧,第二PDU集为时序靠后的P帧,时序靠前的P帧的QoS需求高于时序靠后的P帧的QoS需求(例如,时序靠前的P帧的调度优先级需求高于时序靠后的P帧的调度优先级需求)。再例如,对于基础层和增强层来说,第一PDU集为基础层,第二PDU集为增强层,基础层的QoS需求高于增强层的QoS需求(例如,基础层的误码率要小于增强层的误码率)。This application takes as an example that the QoS requirements of the first PDU set are higher than the QoS requirements of the second PDU set, but is not intended to be limited thereto. For example, for I frames and P frames belonging to the same GoP, the first PDU set is I frames and the second PDU set is P frames. The QoS requirements of I frames are higher than the QoS requirements of P frames (for example, the bandwidth of I frames requirements are higher than the bandwidth requirements of P frames). For another example, For multiple P frames belonging to the same GoP, the first PDU set is P frames with earlier timing, and the second PDU set is P frames with later timing. The QoS requirements of P frames with earlier timing are higher than those with later timing. QoS requirements of P frames (for example, the scheduling priority requirements of P frames with earlier timing are higher than the scheduling priority requirements of P frames with later timing). For another example, for the base layer and the enhancement layer, the first PDU set is the base layer, the second PDU set is the enhancement layer, and the QoS requirements of the base layer are higher than the QoS requirements of the enhancement layer (for example, the bit error rate of the base layer is less than the bit error rate of the enhancement layer).
由于第一PDU集的QoS需求和第二PDU集的QoS需求是不同的,所以第一PDU集和第二PDU集会被映射到不同的QoS流。Since the QoS requirements of the first PDU set and the QoS requirements of the second PDU set are different, the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different QoS flows.
示例性的,AF网元向PCF网元发送视频流中同一GoP的I帧(第一PDU集)的QoS需求和P帧(第二PDU集)的QoS需求。For example, the AF network element sends the QoS requirements of the I frames (first PDU set) and the P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the PCF network element.
S302、PCF网元向SMF网元发送策略与计费控制(policy and charging control,PCC)规则(rule)。S302. The PCF network element sends policy and charging control (PCC) rules to the SMF network element.
PCC规则中包括第一PDU集的QoS需求和第二PDU集的QoS需求。现有技术中,由于同一个业务流的数据基本都会被映射至同一个QoS流,所以AF网元针对业务流下发QoS参数,不会针对QoS流下发QoS参数。因此,PCC规则中还可以指示该业务流的所有QoS流(即本申请涉及的第一QoS流和第二QoS流)共享某个QoS参数,例如,指示该业务流的所有QoS流共享保证比特速率(guaranteed bit rate,GBR)带宽等。The PCC rule includes the QoS requirements of the first PDU set and the QoS requirements of the second PDU set. In the existing technology, since the data of the same service flow is basically mapped to the same QoS flow, the AF network element delivers QoS parameters for the service flow but does not deliver QoS parameters for the QoS flow. Therefore, the PCC rule may also indicate that all QoS flows of the service flow (i.e., the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow involved in this application) share a certain QoS parameter, for example, indicate that all QoS flows of the service flow share guaranteed bits Rate (guaranteed bit rate, GBR) bandwidth, etc.
示例性的,PCC规则中包括视频流中同一GoP的I帧(第一PDU集)的QoS需求和P帧(第二PDU集)的QoS需求。For example, the PCC rules include QoS requirements for I frames (first set of PDUs) and QoS requirements for P frames (second set of PDUs) of the same GoP in the video stream.
S303、SMF网元向UPF网元发送映射规则。S303. The SMF network element sends mapping rules to the UPF network element.
映射规则用于指示UPF网元将第一PDU集和第二PDU集分别映射至不同QoS流。The mapping rule is used to instruct the UPF network element to map the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows respectively.
示例性的,映射规则指示UPF网元将视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)映射到第一QoS流(通过将I帧与第一QoS流的标识QFI1相关联来指示),将与I帧属于同一GoP的P帧(第二PDU集)映射到第二QoS流(通过将P帧与第二QoS流的标识QFI2相关联来指示)。Exemplarily, the mapping rule instructs the UPF network element to map the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the first QoS flow (indicated by associating the I frame with the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow), which will be P frames (second set of PDUs) of I frames belonging to the same GoP are mapped to the second QoS flow (indicated by associating the P frames with the identity QFI2 of the second QoS flow).
映射规则可以承载在N4规则(N4 rule)中,N4规则用于指示UPF网元如何处理接收到的数据流。Mapping rules can be carried in N4 rules, which are used to instruct UPF network elements how to process received data flows.
可选的,N4规则中还包括第一处理指示信息,用于指示UPF网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。示例性的,第一处理指示信息可以通过一个比特位取值为1来指示:UPF网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。第一处理指示信息可以通过该比特位取值为0来指示:UPF网元不必根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。Optionally, the N4 rule also includes first processing instruction information, which is used to instruct the UPF network element to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. Exemplarily, the first processing indication information may indicate that the UPF network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. . The first processing indication information may indicate that the UPF network element does not need to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set by the value of this bit being 0.
S304、SMF网元向RAN网元发送第一QoS流配置消息和第二QoS流配置消息。S304. The SMF network element sends the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message to the RAN network element.
SMF网元为第一QoS流分配第一QoS流的标识QFI1,为第二QoS流分配第二QoS流的标识QFI2。第一QoS流满足的QoS需求高于第二QoS流满足的QoS需求。第一QoS流传输QoS需求较高的第一PDU集,第二QoS流传输QoS需求较低的第二PDU集。The SMF network element allocates the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS stream to the first QoS stream, and allocates the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS stream to the second QoS stream. The QoS requirements satisfied by the first QoS flow are higher than the QoS requirements satisfied by the second QoS flow. The first QoS stream transmits a first set of PDUs with higher QoS requirements, and the second QoS flow transmits a second set of PDUs with lower QoS requirements.
示例性的,第一QoS流配置消息和第二QoS流配置消息可以为N2消息(N2 message)。第一QoS流配置消息中包括第一QoS流的配置信息,例如第一QoS流的标识QFI1,和/或,第一QoS流的QoS参数(位于QoS配置文件(profile)中)。第二QoS流配置消息中包括第二QoS流的配置信息,例如第二QoS流的标识QFI2,和/或,第二QoS流的QoS参数(位于QoS配置文件中)。For example, the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message may be N2 messages. The first QoS flow configuration message includes configuration information of the first QoS flow, such as the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow, and/or the QoS parameters of the first QoS flow (located in the QoS profile). The second QoS flow configuration message includes configuration information of the second QoS flow, such as the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS flow, and/or the QoS parameters of the second QoS flow (located in the QoS configuration file).
可选的,如果步骤S302的PCC规则中指示该业务流的所有QoS流共享某个QoS参数,则第一QoS流配置消息和第二QoS流配置消息中还包括共享指示信息和QoS参数,共享指示信息用于指示第一QoS流和第二QoS流共享该QoS参数,否则第一QoS流配置消息和第二QoS流配置消息中不包括共享指示信息。示例性的,假设属于一个视频流的I、P帧分别映射至第一QoS流和第二QoS流,通过共享指示信息可以指示这两个QoS流共同使用10M的带宽,如果没有共享指示信息而指示这两个QoS流的带宽均为10M,该视频流将一共占用20M的带宽了,容易造成传输资源拥塞。Optionally, if the PCC rule in step S302 indicates that all QoS flows of the service flow share a certain QoS parameter, the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message also include sharing indication information and QoS parameters, sharing The indication information is used to indicate that the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow share the QoS parameter; otherwise, the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message do not include the sharing indication information. For example, assuming that I and P frames belonging to one video stream are mapped to the first QoS stream and the second QoS stream respectively, the sharing indication information can be used to indicate that the two QoS flows jointly use a bandwidth of 10M. If there is no sharing indication information and Indicates that the bandwidth of these two QoS streams is 10M. The video stream will occupy a total of 20M bandwidth, which may easily cause congestion of transmission resources.
其中,第一QoS流配置消息和第二QoS流配置消息中的共享指示信息可以为相同的QoS参 数关联标识。或者,第一QoS流配置消息中的共享指示信息为第二QoS流的标识QFI2,第二QoS流配置消息中的共享指示信息为第一QoS流的标识QFI1。Wherein, the sharing indication information in the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message may be the same QoS parameters. Number association identifier. Alternatively, the sharing indication information in the first QoS flow configuration message is the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS flow, and the sharing indication information in the second QoS flow configuration message is the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow.
S305、AS向UPF网元发送第一PDU集和第二PDU集。S305. The AS sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the UPF network element.
示例性的,AS向UPF网元发送视频流中同一GoP的I帧(第一PDU集)和P帧(第二PDU集)。For example, the AS sends I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the UPF network element.
S306、UPF网元根据第一PDU集和第二PDU集的不同属性信息将第一PDU集映射到第一QoS流,将第二PDU集映射到第二QoS流,并存储第一PDU集和第二PDU集之间的依赖关系。S306. The UPF network element maps the first PDU set to the first QoS flow according to different attribute information of the first PDU set and the second PDU set, maps the second PDU set to the second QoS flow, and stores the first PDU set and Dependencies between the second PDU set.
UPF网元可以通过多种方式获取第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系,具体参照步骤S101。The UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through various methods. For details, refer to step S101.
示例性的,UPF网元根据视频流中同一GoP的I帧和P帧将I帧(第一PDU集)映射到第一QoS流,将P帧(第二PDU集)映射到第二QoS流,并存储I帧(第一PDU集)和P帧(第二PDU集)之间的依赖关系(P帧依赖于I帧)。Exemplarily, the UPF network element maps I frames (first PDU set) to the first QoS flow and P frames (second PDU set) to the second QoS flow based on I frames and P frames of the same GoP in the video stream. , and stores the dependency relationship between I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) (P frames depend on I frames).
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S101,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, refer to step S101 and will not be described again here.
S307、UPF网元通过第一QoS流向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。S307. The UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow.
示例性的,UPF网元通过第一QoS流向RAN网元发送视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)。Exemplarily, the UPF network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the RAN network element through the first QoS stream.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S102,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, refer to step S102 and will not be described again here.
S308、RAN网元向终端设备发送第一PDU集。S308. The RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
示例性的,RAN网元向终端设备发送视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)。Exemplarily, the RAN network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the terminal device.
S309、如果第一PDU集传输失败,则RAN网元向UPF网元发送失败指示消息。S309. If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
示例性的,如果视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)传输失败,则RAN网元向UPF网元发送失败指示消息。For example, if the transmission of the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream fails, the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S104,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, refer to step S104 and will not be described again here.
S310、如果第一PDU集传输失败,则UPF网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。S310. If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the UPF network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
示例性的,如果视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)传输失败,则UPF网元根据同一GoP的P帧依赖于I帧确定是否向RAN网元发送P帧(第二PDU集)。例如,UPF网元确定重新向RAN网元发送I帧,则UPF网元可以向RAN网元发送P帧,或者,UPF网元确定重新向RAN网元发送I帧,并且,RAN网元空口未发生拥塞,则UPF网元可以向RAN网元发送P帧。For example, if the transmission of the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream fails, the UPF network element determines whether to send the P frame (second PDU set) to the RAN network element based on the P frame of the same GoP and depends on the I frame. For example, if the UPF network element determines to resend I frames to the RAN network element, the UPF network element can send P frames to the RAN network element, or if the UPF network element determines to resend I frames to the RAN network element, and the air interface of the RAN network element is not If congestion occurs, the UPF network element can send P frames to the RAN network element.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S105,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, refer to step S105 and will not be described again here.
图6是本申请中图3所示的通信方法的一种具体实施方式,在该实施方式中,对于周期性资源配置或者终端设备的连接态不连续接收(connected mode discontinuous reception,CDRX)等场景,RAN网元期望接收到的数据是周期性的,但是UPF网元接收到的多个PDU集之间会存在时间偏差(例如,AS并不是严格周期性下发PDU集)。UPF网元在向RAN网元发送PDU集时,需要根据接收的PDU集的帧率确定发送PDU集的时间间隔或自行检测PDU集的帧率以确定发送PDU集的时间间隔,以实现周期性向RAN网元发送PDU集。Figure 6 is a specific implementation of the communication method shown in Figure 3 in this application. In this implementation, for scenarios such as periodic resource configuration or connected mode discontinuous reception (CDRX) of the terminal device, , the data that the RAN network element expects to receive is periodic, but there will be a time deviation between the multiple PDU sets received by the UPF network element (for example, the AS does not deliver PDU sets strictly periodically). When the UPF network element sends a PDU set to the RAN network element, it needs to determine the time interval for sending the PDU set based on the frame rate of the received PDU set or self-detect the frame rate of the PDU set to determine the time interval for sending the PDU set, in order to achieve periodic sending. The RAN network element sends the PDU set.
具体的,如图6所示,该通信方法包括步骤S401-S410,其中,步骤S401-S406参照图5中的步骤S301-S306。Specifically, as shown in Figure 6, the communication method includes steps S401-S410, wherein steps S401-S406 refer to steps S301-S306 in Figure 5.
S407、如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则UPF网元延迟至下一周期的发送时间点并通过第一QoS流向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。S407. If the sending time point of the next cycle has not been reached, the UPF network element delays to the sending time point of the next cycle and sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow.
示例性,假设UPF网元向RAN网元发送视频流中I帧和P帧的周期(或称时间间隔)为20ms,则各个周期的发送时间点依次为20ms、40ms、60ms,依次类推。如果当前时间为30ms,则UPF网元延迟至40ms发送视频流中的I帧。For example, assuming that the period (or time interval) of the UPF network element sending I frames and P frames in the video stream to the RAN network element is 20ms, then the sending time points of each cycle are 20ms, 40ms, 60ms, and so on. If the current time is 30ms, the UPF network element delays sending I frames in the video stream to 40ms.
S408、RAN网元向终端设备发送第一PDU集。S408. The RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
示例性的,RAN网元向终端设备发送视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)。Exemplarily, the RAN network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the terminal device.
S409、如果第一PDU集传输失败,RAN网元向UPF网元发送失败指示消息。S409. If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
示例性的,如果视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)传输失败,则RAN网元向UPF网元发送失败指示消息。 For example, if the transmission of the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream fails, the RAN network element sends a failure indication message to the UPF network element.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S104,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, refer to step S104 and will not be described again here.
S410、如果第一PDU集传输失败,则UPF网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。S410. If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the UPF network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
如步骤S105中所描述的,如果UPF网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集,并且如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则UPF网元可以延迟至下一周期的发送时间点重新向RAN网元发送第一PDU集。As described in step S105, if the UPF network element determines to re-send the first PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, , then the UPF network element can delay sending the first PDU set to the RAN network element again until the sending time point of the next cycle.
示例性的,假设UPF网元向RAN网元发送视频流中I帧和P帧的周期(或称时间间隔)为20ms,则各个周期的发送时间点依次为20ms、40ms、60ms、80ms,依次类推。如果在40ms发送视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)之后,I帧(第一PDU集)传输失败,并且当前时间为50ms,则UPF网元延迟至60ms重新向RAN网元发送视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集),并按照原有的传输节奏在60ms向RAN网元发送同一GoP的P帧(第二PDU集)。For example, assuming that the period (or time interval) for the UPF network element to send I frames and P frames in the video stream to the RAN network element is 20ms, then the sending time points of each cycle are 20ms, 40ms, 60ms, and 80ms, respectively. analogy. If the transmission of the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream fails after 40ms, and the current time is 50ms, the UPF network element delays to 60ms and resends the video stream to the RAN network element. I frames (first PDU set) in the network element, and send P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP to the RAN network element in 60ms according to the original transmission rhythm.
如果UPF网元确定不向RAN网元发送第二PDU集,则UPF网元向RAN网元发送休眠指示信息,由RAN网元转发给终端设备。关于休眠指示信息参照前文描述,在此不再赘述。If the UPF network element determines not to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element, the UPF network element sends the sleep indication information to the RAN network element, and the RAN network element forwards it to the terminal device. Regarding the sleep indication information, refer to the previous description and will not be repeated here.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S105和S310,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, please refer to steps S105 and S310, which will not be described again here.
图7是本申请中图4所示的通信方法的一种具体实施方式,在该实施方式中,UPF网元将第一PDU集和第二PDU集映射到不同QoS流中,存储第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系,并将该依赖关系通过第一PDU集依赖信息和第二PDU集依赖信息发送给RAN网元。或者,将该依赖关系通过第三PDU集依赖信息和第四PDU集依赖信息发送给RAN网元。RAN网元在调度第一PDU集后,如果确定第一PDU集传输失败,则根据该依赖关系确定是否继续向终端设备传输第二PDU集,以节省传输资源。关于第一PDU集依赖信息、第二PDU集依赖信息、第三PDU集依赖信息和第四PDU集依赖信息参照前文描述,在此不再赘述。Figure 7 is a specific implementation of the communication method shown in Figure 4 in this application. In this implementation, the UPF network element maps the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows, and stores the second PDU The dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the first PDU set, and the dependency relationship is sent to the RAN network element through the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information. Or, the dependency relationship is sent to the RAN network element through the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependence information. After scheduling the first PDU set, if the RAN network element determines that the transmission of the first PDU set fails, it determines whether to continue transmitting the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship to save transmission resources. Regarding the dependence information of the first PDU set, the dependence information of the second PDU set, the dependence information of the third PDU set and the dependence information of the fourth PDU set, refer to the foregoing description and will not be repeated here.
具体的,如图7所示,该通信方法包括步骤S501-S509。Specifically, as shown in Figure 7, the communication method includes steps S501-S509.
S501、AF网元向PCF网元发送业务流(例如视频流)的第一PDU集的QoS需求和第二PDU集的QoS需求。S501. The AF network element sends the QoS requirements of the first PDU set and the QoS requirements of the second PDU set of the service flow (for example, video stream) to the PCF network element.
示例性的,AF网元向PCF网元发送视频流中同一GoP的I帧(第一PDU集)的QoS需求和P帧(第二PDU集)的QoS需求。For example, the AF network element sends the QoS requirements of the I frames (first PDU set) and the P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the PCF network element.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S301,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, refer to step S301 and will not be described again here.
S502、PCF网元向SMF网元发送PCC规则。S502. The PCF network element sends the PCC rule to the SMF network element.
示例性的,PCC规则中包括视频流中同一GoP的I帧(第一PDU集)的QoS需求和P帧(第二PDU集)的QoS需求。For example, the PCC rules include QoS requirements for I frames (first set of PDUs) and QoS requirements for P frames (second set of PDUs) of the same GoP in the video stream.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S302,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, please refer to step S302, which will not be described again here.
S503、SMF网元向UPF网元发送映射规则。S503. The SMF network element sends mapping rules to the UPF network element.
映射规则用于指示UPF网元将第一PDU集和第二PDU集分别映射至不同QoS流。The mapping rule is used to instruct the UPF network element to map the first PDU set and the second PDU set to different QoS flows respectively.
示例性的,映射规则指示UPF网元将视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)映射到第一QoS流(通过将I帧与第一QoS流的标识QFI1相关联来指示),将与I帧属于同一GoP的P帧(第二PDU集)映射到第二QoS流(通过将P帧与第二QoS流的标识QFI2相关联来指示)。Exemplarily, the mapping rule instructs the UPF network element to map the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the first QoS flow (indicated by associating the I frame with the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow), which will be P frames (second set of PDUs) of I frames belonging to the same GoP are mapped to the second QoS flow (indicated by associating the P frames with the identity QFI2 of the second QoS flow).
映射规则可以承载在N4规则(N4 rule)中,N4规则用于指示UPF网元如何处理接收到的数据流。Mapping rules can be carried in N4 rules, which are used to instruct UPF network elements how to process received data flows.
可选的,N4规则中还包括第二处理指示信息,用于指示UPF网元将第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系发送给RAN网元,由RAN网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。Optionally, the N4 rule also includes second processing instruction information, used to instruct the UPF network element to send the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set to the RAN network element, and the RAN network element will process the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set according to the second PDU set. The dependency relationship between the set and the first PDU set determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element.
示例性的,第二处理指示信息可以通过一个字段取值为1来指示:UPF网元将第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系发送给RAN网元。第二处理指示信息可以通过该字段取值为0来指示:UPF网元不必将第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系发送给RAN网元。For example, the second processing instruction information may have a field value of 1 to indicate that the UPF network element sends the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set to the RAN network element. The second processing instruction information may indicate that the UPF network element does not need to send the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set to the RAN network element by setting the value of this field to 0.
S504、SMF网元向RAN网元发送第一QoS流配置消息和第二QoS流配置消息。S504. The SMF network element sends the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message to the RAN network element.
可选的,第一QoS流配置消息或第二QoS流配置消息中还包括第三处理指示信息,用于指示RAN网元是否根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二 PDU集。Optionally, the first QoS flow configuration message or the second QoS flow configuration message also includes third processing indication information, used to indicate whether the RAN network element determines whether to Send the second PDU set.
示例性的,第三处理指示信息可以通过一个字段取值为1来指示:RAN网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。第三处理指示信息可以通过该字段取值为0来指示:RAN网元不必根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。For example, the third processing instruction information may have a field value of 1 to indicate that the RAN network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. The third processing indication information may indicate that the value of this field is 0: the RAN network element does not need to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the RAN network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S304,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, please refer to step S304, which will not be described again here.
S505、AS向UPF网元发送第一PDU集和第二PDU集。S505. The AS sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the UPF network element.
示例性的,AS向UPF网元发送视频流中同一GoP的I帧(第一PDU集)和P帧(第二PDU集)。For example, the AS sends I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the UPF network element.
S506、UPF网元根据第一PDU集和第二PDU集的不同属性信息将第一PDU集映射到第一QoS流,将第二PDU集映射到第二QoS流,并存储第一PDU集和第二PDU集之间的依赖关系。S506. The UPF network element maps the first PDU set to the first QoS flow according to different attribute information of the first PDU set and the second PDU set, maps the second PDU set to the second QoS flow, and stores the first PDU set and Dependencies between the second PDU set.
UPF网元可以通过多种方式获取第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系,具体参照步骤S101。The UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through various methods. For details, refer to step S101.
示例性的,UPF网元根据视频流中同一GoP的I帧和P帧将I帧(第一PDU集)映射到第一QoS流,将P帧(第二PDU集)映射到第二QoS流,并存储I帧(第一PDU集)和P帧(第二PDU集)之间的依赖关系(P帧依赖于I帧)。Exemplarily, the UPF network element maps I frames (first PDU set) to the first QoS flow and P frames (second PDU set) to the second QoS flow based on I frames and P frames of the same GoP in the video stream. , and stores the dependency relationship between I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) (P frames depend on I frames).
该步骤参照步骤S101,在此不再赘述。For this step, refer to step S101, which will not be described again here.
S507、UPF网元通过第一QoS流向RAN网元发送第一PDU集,通过第二QoS流向RAN网元发送第二PDU集,并且向RAN网元发送第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系。S507. The UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, sends the second PDU set to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow, and sends between the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the RAN network element. dependencies.
承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一PDU集依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第二PDU集依赖信息;或者,承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第三PDU集依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第四PDU集依赖信息。从而向RAN网元发送第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系。The GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set includes the first PDU set dependency information, and the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the second PDU set includes the second PDU set dependency information; or, The GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set includes the third PDU set dependency information, and the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the second PDU set includes the fourth PDU set dependence information. Thereby, the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set is sent to the RAN network element.
示例性的,UPF网元通过第一QoS流向RAN网元发送视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集),通过第二QoS流向RAN网元发送同一GoP的P帧(第二PDU集)。承载I帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一QoS流的标识和I帧的标识,承载P帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、I帧的标识和P帧的标识;或者,承载I帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括关联标识和I帧的标识,承载P帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括关联标识、I帧的标识和P帧的标识。从而向RAN网元发送I帧与P帧之间的依赖关系(同一GoP中的P帧依赖于I帧)。For example, the UPF network element sends I frames (first PDU set) in the video stream to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and sends P frames of the same GoP (second PDU set) to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow. The GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the I frame includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the I frame, and the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the P frame includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the identifier of the first QoS flow, and the identifier of the I frame. The identifier of the second QoS flow, the identifier of the I frame, and the identifier of the P frame; or, the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the I frame includes the association identifier and the identifier of the I frame, and the GTP-U data packet carrying the P frame (The header) includes the association identifier, the I-frame identifier and the P-frame identifier. Thus, the dependency relationship between the I frame and the P frame is sent to the RAN network element (the P frame in the same GoP depends on the I frame).
关于第一PDU集依赖信息、第二PDU集依赖信息、第三PDU集依赖信息和第四PDU集依赖信息参照步骤S202中的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Regarding the first PDU set dependency information, the second PDU set dependence information, the third PDU set dependence information and the fourth PDU set dependence information, refer to the relevant description in step S202, which will not be described again here.
S508、RAN网元向终端设备发送第一PDU集。S508. The RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
示例性的,RAN网元向终端设备发送视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)。Exemplarily, the RAN network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the terminal device.
S509、如果第一PDU集传输失败,则RAN网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。S509. If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the RAN network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
示例性的,如果视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)传输失败,则RAN网元根据同一GoP的P帧依赖于I帧确定是否向终端设备发送P帧(第二PDU集)。例如,RAN网元确定重新向终端设备发送I帧,则RAN网元可以向终端设备发送P帧,或者,RAN网元确定重新向终端设备发送I帧,并且,RAN网元空口未发生拥塞,则RAN网元可以向终端设备发送P帧。For example, if the transmission of an I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream fails, the RAN network element determines whether to send the P frame (second PDU set) to the terminal device based on the P frame of the same GoP depending on the I frame. For example, if the RAN network element determines to resend I frames to the terminal device, the RAN network element can send P frames to the terminal device, or if the RAN network element determines to resend I frames to the terminal device, and the air interface of the RAN network element is not congested, Then the RAN network element can send the P frame to the terminal device.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S204,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, please refer to step S204, which will not be described again here.
图8是本申请中图3所示的通信方法的另一种具体实施方式,与图7所示的具体实施方式的区别在于:RAN网元从SMF网元或UPF网元获取第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息,或者,从SMF网元或UPF网元获取第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息,从而确定第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。RAN网元进一步通过组标识确定映射至第二QoS流的第二PDU集与第一PDU集属于同一组,所以可以确定第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。或者,RAN网元通过承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中携带的第一PDU集的标识以及承载第二PDU集 的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中携带的第二PDU集的标识,确定第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。关于第一QoS流依赖信息、第二QoS流依赖信息、第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息参照前文描述,在此不再赘述。Figure 8 is another specific implementation of the communication method shown in Figure 3 in this application. The difference from the specific implementation shown in Figure 7 is that the RAN network element obtains the first QoS flow from the SMF network element or the UPF network element. Dependency information and second QoS flow dependence information, or obtain third QoS flow dependence information and fourth QoS flow dependence information from the SMF network element or UPF network element, thereby determining that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow. The RAN network element further determines through the group identifier that the second PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow and the first PDU set belong to the same group, so it can be determined that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. Alternatively, the RAN network element uses the identifier of the first PDU set carried in (the header of) the GTP-U data packet that carries the first PDU set and carries the second PDU set. The identifier of the second PDU set carried in the GTP-U data packet (the header) determines that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set. Regarding the first QoS flow dependence information, the second QoS flow dependence information, the third QoS flow dependence information and the fourth QoS flow dependence information, refer to the previous description and will not be repeated here.
具体的,如图8所示,该通信方法包括步骤S601-S609,其中,步骤S601-S603参照图5中的步骤S301-S303:Specifically, as shown in Figure 8, the communication method includes steps S601-S609, wherein steps S601-S603 refer to steps S301-S303 in Figure 5:
S604、SMF网元向RAN网元发送第一QoS流配置消息和第二QoS流配置消息。S604. The SMF network element sends the first QoS flow configuration message and the second QoS flow configuration message to the RAN network element.
如步骤S304所述的,SMF网元为第一QoS流分配第一QoS流的标识QFI1,为第二QoS流分配第二QoS流的标识QFI2。As described in step S304, the SMF network element allocates the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS stream to the first QoS stream, and allocates the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS stream to the second QoS stream.
可选的,SMF网元向RAN网元发送第一QoS流与第二QoS流之间的依赖关系:Optionally, the SMF network element sends the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element:
在一种可能的实施方式中,SMF网元确定第一依赖指示信息和第二依赖指示信息。第一QoS流配置消息中包括第一QoS流依赖信息,第二QoS流配置消息中包括第二QoS流依赖信息,从而向RAN网元发送第一QoS流与第二QoS流之间的依赖关系。即第一QoS流配置消息中包括第一QoS流的标识QFI1和第一依赖指示信息,可选的,还可以包括第二QoS流的标识QFI2;第二QoS流配置消息中包括第二QoS流的标识QFI2、第一QoS流的标识QFI1和第二依赖指示信息。In a possible implementation, the SMF network element determines the first dependency indication information and the second dependence indication information. The first QoS flow configuration message includes the first QoS flow dependency information, and the second QoS flow configuration message includes the second QoS flow dependency information, thereby sending the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element. . That is, the first QoS flow configuration message includes the identifier QFI1 and the first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow. Optionally, it may also include the identifier QFI2 of the second QoS flow; the second QoS flow configuration message includes the second QoS flow. The identifier QFI2, the identifier QFI1 of the first QoS flow and the second dependency indication information.
示例性的,第一依赖指示信息和第二依赖指示信息可以通过同一字段的不同取值来表示,例如该字段取值为1表示第一依赖指示信息,该字段取值为0表示第二依赖指示信息,或者,该字段取值为1表示第二依赖指示信息,该字段取值为0表示第一依赖指示信息。For example, the first dependency indication information and the second dependency indication information can be represented by different values of the same field. For example, a value of 1 in this field represents the first dependence indication information, and a value of 0 in this field represents the second dependence. Indication information, or a value of 1 in this field indicates the second dependency indication information, and a value of 0 in this field indicates the first dependence indication information.
或者,在另一种可能的实施方式中,SMF网元确定第一依赖指示信息和第二依赖指示信息,并且为第一QoS流和第二QoS流分配相同的关联标识。第一QoS流配置消息中包括第三QoS流依赖信息,第二QoS流配置消息中包括第四QoS流依赖信息,从而向RAN网元发送第一QoS流与第二QoS流之间的依赖关系。即第一QoS流配置消息中包括第一QoS流的标识QFI1、关联标识和第一依赖指示信息,第二QoS流配置消息中包括第二QoS流的标识QFI1、关联标识和第二依赖指示信息。Or, in another possible implementation, the SMF network element determines the first dependency indication information and the second dependence indication information, and allocates the same association identifier to the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow. The first QoS flow configuration message includes the third QoS flow dependency information, and the second QoS flow configuration message includes the fourth QoS flow dependency information, thereby sending the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element. . That is, the first QoS flow configuration message includes the identifier QFI1, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow, and the second QoS flow configuration message includes the identifier QFI1, association identifier, and second dependency indication information of the second QoS flow. .
关于第一依赖指示信息、第二依赖指示信息、关联标识、第一QoS流依赖信息、第二QoS流依赖信息、第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息参照步骤S202中的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the first dependency indication information, the second dependence indication information, the association identification, the first QoS flow dependence information, the second QoS flow dependence information, the third QoS flow dependence information and the fourth QoS flow dependence information, refer to the relevant description in step S202 , which will not be described in detail here.
步骤S604的其他内容参照步骤S304,在此不再赘述。For other contents of step S604, refer to step S304, which will not be described again here.
S605、AS向UPF网元发送第一PDU集和第二PDU集。S605. The AS sends the first PDU set and the second PDU set to the UPF network element.
示例性的,AS向UPF网元发送视频流中同一GoP的I帧(第一PDU集)和P帧(第二PDU集)。For example, the AS sends I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) of the same GoP in the video stream to the UPF network element.
S606、UPF网元根据第一PDU集和第二PDU集的不同属性信息将第一PDU集映射到第一QoS流,将第二PDU集映射到第二QoS流,并存储第一PDU集和第二PDU集之间的依赖关系。S606. The UPF network element maps the first PDU set to the first QoS flow according to different attribute information of the first PDU set and the second PDU set, maps the second PDU set to the second QoS flow, and stores the first PDU set and Dependencies between the second PDU set.
UPF网元可以通过多种方式获取第一PDU集与第二PDU集之间的依赖关系,具体参照步骤S101。The UPF network element can obtain the dependency relationship between the first PDU set and the second PDU set through various methods. For details, refer to step S101.
示例性的,UPF网元根据视频流中同一GoP的I帧和P帧将I帧(第一PDU集)映射到第一QoS流,将P帧(第二PDU集)映射到第二QoS流,并存储I帧(第一PDU集)和P帧(第二PDU集)之间的依赖关系(P帧依赖于I帧)。Exemplarily, the UPF network element maps I frames (first PDU set) to the first QoS flow and P frames (second PDU set) to the second QoS flow based on I frames and P frames of the same GoP in the video stream. , and stores the dependency relationship between I frames (first PDU set) and P frames (second PDU set) (P frames depend on I frames).
UPF网元为第一PDU集分配第一PDU集的标识,为第二PDU集分配第二PDU集的标识,UPF网元在为有依赖关系的PDU集分配PDU集的标识的时候,可以基于业务流粒度分配PDU集的标识。The UPF network element allocates the identifier of the first PDU set to the first PDU set, and allocates the identifier of the second PDU set to the second PDU set. When the UPF network element allocates the identifier of the PDU set to the dependent PDU set, it can be based on The identifier of the PDU set assigned to the service flow granularity.
可选的,如果在S604中SMF网元未向RAN网元发送第一QoS流与第二QoS流之间的依赖关系,则此时UPF网元确定第一依赖指示信息和第二依赖指示信息。进一步可选的,UPF网元可以为第一QoS流和第二QoS流分配相同的关联标识。Optionally, if the SMF network element does not send the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element in S604, then the UPF network element determines the first dependency indication information and the second dependency indication information at this time . Further optionally, the UPF network element may allocate the same association identifier to the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S306,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, please refer to step S306, which will not be described again here.
S607、UPF网元通过第一QoS流向RAN网元发送第一PDU集,通过第二QoS流向RAN网元发送第二PDU集。S607. The UPF network element sends the first PDU set to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and sends the second PDU set to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow.
承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一QoS流的标识、第一PDU集的标 识。承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第二QoS流的标识、第二PDU集的标识。The (header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. knowledge. The (header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the identifier of the second QoS flow and the identifier of the second PDU set.
示例性的,UPF网元通过第一QoS流向RAN网元发送视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集),通过第二QoS流向RAN网元发送同一GoP的P帧(第二PDU集)。承载I帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一QoS流的标识和I帧的标识,承载P帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第二QoS流的标识和P帧的标识。For example, the UPF network element sends I frames (first PDU set) in the video stream to the RAN network element through the first QoS flow, and sends P frames of the same GoP (second PDU set) to the RAN network element through the second QoS flow. The GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the I frame includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the I frame, and the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the P frame includes the identifier of the second QoS flow and the P frame. Frame ID.
可选的,如果在S604中SMF网元未向RAN网元发送第一QoS流与第二QoS流之间的依赖关系,则由UPF网元向RAN网元发送第一QoS流与第二QoS流之间的依赖关系。Optionally, if the SMF network element does not send the dependency relationship between the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element in S604, the UPF network element sends the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to the RAN network element. Dependencies between streams.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一QoS流依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括第二QoS流依赖信息。或者,承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第三QoS流依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括第四QoS流依赖信息。In a possible implementation, the GTP-U data packet carrying the first PDU set includes first QoS flow dependency information, and the GTP-U data packet carrying the second PDU set also includes Includes second QoS flow dependency information. Alternatively, (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first set of PDUs includes the third QoS flow dependency information, and the (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second set of PDUs also includes the fourth QoS flow dependency information. .
示例性的,承载I帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括第一QoS流的标识、第一依赖指示信息,可选的还包括第二QoS流的标识,承载P帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第二依赖指示信息。Exemplarily, (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the I frame also includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the first dependency indication information, optionally also includes the identifier of the second QoS flow, the GTP packet carrying the P frame The (header of) the -U data packet includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the identifier of the second QoS flow, and the second dependency indication information.
或者,承载I帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括第一QoS流的标识、关联标识、第一依赖指示信息,承载P帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括第二QoS流的标识、关联标识、第二依赖指示信息。Alternatively, (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the I frame also includes the identifier, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow, and (the header of the GTP-U data packet carrying the P frame) includes the first QoS flow identifier. The identifier, association identifier, and second dependency indication information of the second QoS flow.
另外,承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中以及承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还可以包括组标识(例如GoP标识),以表示第一PDU集和第二PDU集属于同一组。或者,承载第一PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括第二PDU集的标识,承载第二PDU集的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括第一PDU集的标识。从而指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。In addition, (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the first set of PDUs and (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the second set of PDUs may also include a group identifier (such as a GoP identifier) to represent the first The PDU set and the second PDU set belong to the same group. Alternatively, the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the first PDU set also includes the identifier of the second PDU set, and the GTP-U data packet (the header) carrying the second PDU set also includes the identifier of the first PDU set. logo. Thereby indicating that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
示例性的,承载I帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中以及承载P帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括GoP标识。或者,承载I帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中还包括P帧的标识,承载P帧的GTP-U数据包(的包头)中包括I帧的标识。For example, (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying I frames and (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying P frames also include a GoP identifier. Alternatively, (the header of) the GTP-U data packet carrying the I frame also includes the identifier of the P frame, and the (the header of the GTP-U data packet carrying the P frame) includes the identifier of the I frame.
S608、RAN网元向终端设备发送第一PDU集。S608. The RAN network element sends the first PDU set to the terminal device.
示例性的,RAN网元向终端设备发送视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)。Exemplarily, the RAN network element sends the I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream to the terminal device.
S609、如果第一PDU集传输失败,则RAN网元根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。S609. If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the RAN network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
示例性的,如果视频流中的I帧(第一PDU集)传输失败,则RAN网元根据同一GoP的P帧依赖于I帧确定是否向终端设备发送P帧(第二PDU集)。例如,RAN网元确定重新向终端设备发送I帧,则RAN网元可以向终端设备发送P帧,或者,RAN网元确定重新向终端设备发送I帧,并且,RAN网元空口未发生拥塞,则RAN网元可以向终端设备发送P帧。For example, if the transmission of an I frame (first PDU set) in the video stream fails, the RAN network element determines whether to send the P frame (second PDU set) to the terminal device based on the P frame of the same GoP depending on the I frame. For example, if the RAN network element determines to resend I frames to the terminal device, the RAN network element can send P frames to the terminal device, or if the RAN network element determines to resend I frames to the terminal device, and the air interface of the RAN network element is not congested, Then the RAN network element can send the P frame to the terminal device.
该步骤其他内容参照步骤S204,在此不再赘述。For other contents of this step, please refer to step S204, which will not be described again here.
如图9示,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置900,包括处理器910。可选地,通信装置900还包括存储器930。处理器910与存储器930耦合,存储器930用于存储指令。当通信装置900用于实现上文所述的方法时,处理器910用于执行存储器930中的指令,以实现上述图3-图8所示的功能。As shown in FIG. 9 , this embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 900 including a processor 910 . Optionally, the communication device 900 further includes a memory 930. Processor 910 is coupled to memory 930 for storing instructions. When the communication device 900 is used to implement the method described above, the processor 910 is used to execute instructions in the memory 930 to implement the functions shown in FIGS. 3-8 above.
可选地,通信装置900还包括接口电路920。处理器910和接口电路920之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路920可以为收发器或输入输出接口,用于与其他通信装置进行通信。Optionally, the communication device 900 further includes an interface circuit 920. The processor 910 and the interface circuit 920 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 920 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface, used for communicating with other communication devices.
示例性地,当通信装置900为应用于RAN网元、UPF网元、SMF网元的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中RAN网元、UPF网元、SMF网元的功能。该芯片从RAN网元、UPF网元、SMF网元中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给RAN网元、UPF网元、SMF网元的;或者,该芯片向RAN网元、UPF网元、SMF网元中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是RAN网元、UPF网元、SMF网元发送给其他装置的。For example, when the communication device 900 is a chip applied to a RAN network element, a UPF network element, or an SMF network element, the chip implements the functions of the RAN network element, the UPF network element, and the SMF network element in the above method embodiment. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the RAN network element, UPF network element, and SMF network element, and the information is sent to the RAN network element, UPF network element, or SMF network element by other devices; or, The chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the RAN network element, UPF network element, and SMF network element. The information is sent by the RAN network element, UPF network element, and SMF network element to other devices.
如图10所示,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统。该芯片系统1000包括至少一个处理器1010 和至少一个接口电路1020。至少一个处理器1010和至少一个接口电路1020可通过线路互联。处理器1010用于支持通信装置实现上述方法实施例中的各个步骤,例如图3-图8所示的方法,至少一个接口电路1020可用于从其它装置(例如存储器)接收信号,或者,向其它装置(例如通信接口)发送信号。该芯片系统可以包括芯片,还可以包括其他分立器件。As shown in Figure 10, an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system. The chip system 1000 includes at least one processor 1010 and at least one interface circuit 1020. At least one processor 1010 and at least one interface circuit 1020 may be interconnected by wires. The processor 1010 is used to support the communication device to implement various steps in the above method embodiments, such as the methods shown in Figures 3 to 8. At least one interface circuit 1020 can be used to receive signals from other devices (such as memory), or to other devices. A device (such as a communication interface) sends a signal. The chip system may include chips and may also include other discrete devices.
可以理解的是,以上各个实施例中,由RAN网元实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于RAN网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,由UPF网元实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于UPF网元的部件实现。It can be understood that in the above embodiments, the methods and/or steps implemented by the RAN network element can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the RAN network element. The methods and/or steps implemented by the UPF network element can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the RAN network element. or steps, which can also be implemented by components that can be used in UPF network elements.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的RAN网元或UPF网元,或者包含上述RAN网元或UPF网元的装置,或者为可用于上述RAN网元或UPF网元的部件。可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. Correspondingly, embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods. The communication device may be the RAN network element or UPF network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above RAN network element or UPF network element, or a component that can be used for the above RAN network element or UPF network element. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function. Persons skilled in the art should easily realize that, with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例中对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。Embodiments of the present application can divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
比如,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的RAN网元或UPF网元为例。图11示出了一种通信装置1100的结构示意图。该通信装置1100包括处理模块1101和收发模块1102。收发模块1102,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口。For example, take the communication device as the RAN network element or UPF network element in the above method embodiment. Figure 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1100. The communication device 1100 includes a processing module 1101 and a transceiver module 1102. The transceiver module 1102, which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement sending and/or receiving functions, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver, or a communication interface.
当该通信装置1100为UPF网元时:When the communication device 1100 is a UPF network element:
在一种可能的实施方式中,收发模块1102用于接收在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,第一PDU集和第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;向接入网网元发送第一PDU集。处理模块1101用于如果第一PDU集传输失败,则根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive a first protocol data unit PDU set of the first service used in the terminal device and a second PDU set of the second service used in the terminal device, wherein the first The PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; and the first PDU set is sent to the access network element. The processing module 1101 is configured to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set if the transmission of the first PDU set fails.
在一种可能的实施方式中,处理模块1101用于根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系控制收发模块1102重新向接入网网元发送第一PDU集,并确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1101 is configured to control the transceiver module 1102 to re-send the first PDU set to the access network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the first PDU set to the access network element. The access network element sends the second PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,处理模块1101用于获取接入网网元的空口拥塞信息;根据接入网网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1101 is configured to obtain the air interface congestion information of the access network element; and determine whether to send the data to the access network element according to the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or the attribute information of the second PDU set. The access network element sends the second PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,收发模块1102用于从接入网网元或者会话管理功能网元接收空口拥塞信息,或者,通过QoS监测得到空口拥塞信息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive air interface congestion information from an access network element or a session management function network element, or obtain air interface congestion information through QoS monitoring.
在一种可能的实施方式中,收发模块1102用于如果空口拥塞信息指示接入网网元的空口未发生拥塞,则向接入网网元发送第二PDU集;或者,如果空口拥塞信息指示接入网网元的空口发生拥塞,则根据第二PDU集的属性信息向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1102 is configured to send the second PDU set to the access network element if the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is not congested; or, if the air interface congestion information indicates If the air interface of the access network element is congested, the second PDU set is sent to the access network element according to the attribute information of the second PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,收发模块1102用于如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则延迟至下一周期的发送时间点重新向接入网网元发送第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, the transceiving module 1102 is configured to delay sending the first PDU set to the access network element again until the sending time point of the next cycle if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached.
在一种可能的实施方式中,收发模块1102用于如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则延迟至下一周期的发送时间点向接入网网元发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the transceiving module 1102 is configured to delay sending the second PDU set to the access network element until the sending time point of the next cycle if the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached.
在一种可能的实施方式中,收发模块1102用于如果确定不向接入网网元发送第二PDU集,向接入网网元发送休眠指示信息,休眠指示信息用于指示在未来N个周期性的发送时间点不向终 端设备发送第二PDU集,N为在一段时间内已缓存的第二PDU集的个数。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1102 is configured to send sleep indication information to the access network element if it is determined not to send the second PDU set to the access network element. The sleep indication information is used to indicate that in the next N times The periodic sending time point does not end The end device sends the second PDU set, and N is the number of the second PDU set cached within a period of time.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一QoS流的标识以及第一PDU集的标识;收发模块1102用于从接入网网元接收失败指示消息,失败指示消息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第一PDU集的标识,失败指示消息用于指示第一PDU集传输失败,接收的第一QoS流的标识和第一PDU集的标识用于指示用户面功能网元根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the identity of the first QoS flow and the identity of the first PDU set; the transceiver module 1102 is configured to A failure indication message is received from the access network element. The failure indication message includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. The failure indication message is used to indicate that the transmission of the first PDU set fails. The received first QoS flow The identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一PDU集的标识以及第一PDU集的与第二PDU集共同对应的关联标识;收发模块1102用于从接入网网元接收失败指示消息,失败指示消息中包括关联标识、第一PDU集的标识,失败指示消息用于指示第一PDU集传输失败,接收的关联标识和第一PDU集的标识用于指示用户面功能网元根据第一PDU集确定第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes an identifier of the first PDU set and an association identifier of the first PDU set that commonly corresponds to the second PDU set; the transceiver module 1102 is configured to access from The network element receives the failure indication message. The failure indication message includes the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set. The failure indication message is used to indicate the transmission failure of the first PDU set. The received association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to indicate. The user plane functional network element determines the second PDU set according to the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集为视频流中的I帧,第二PDU集为与I帧同组的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中时序靠前的P帧,第二PDU集为与时序靠前的P帧同组的时序靠后的P帧;或者,第一PDU集为视频流中的基础层,第二PDU集为视频流中的增强层;或者,第一PDU集为服务于同一用户的视频、音频或触觉中的一个,第二PDU集为视频、音频、触觉中的其余至少一个。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is an I frame in the video stream, and the second PDU set is a P frame in the same group as the I frame; or, the first PDU set is an earlier P frame in the video stream. frame, the second PDU set is the later P frame in the same group as the earlier P frame; or the first PDU set is the base layer in the video stream, and the second PDU set is the enhancement layer in the video stream; Alternatively, the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptic that serves the same user, and the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, or haptic.
当该通信装置1100为RAN网元时:When the communication device 1100 is a RAN network element:
在一种可能的实施方式中,收发模块1102用于从用户面功能网元接收在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,第一PDU集和第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;向终端设备发送第一PDU集;处理模块1101用于如果第一PDU集传输失败,则根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive a first protocol data unit PDU set of the first service used in the terminal device and a second PDU of the second service used in the terminal device from the user plane functional network element. Set, wherein the first PDU set and the second PDU set are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows; send the first PDU set to the terminal device; the processing module 1101 is used to if the transmission of the first PDU set fails, then according to the second PDU set The dependency relationship with the first PDU set determines whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,处理模块1101用于根据第二PDU集与第一PDU集之间的依赖关系控制收发模块1102重新向终端设备发送第一PDU集,并确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1101 is configured to control the transceiver module 1102 to re-send the first PDU set to the terminal device according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the first PDU set to the terminal device. Second PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,处理模块1101用于根据空口拥塞信息和/或根据第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向终端设备发送第二PDU集。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1101 is configured to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the air interface congestion information and/or according to the attribute information of the second PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一PDU集依赖信息,第一PDU集依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识和第一PDU集的标识,承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第二PDU集依赖信息,第二PDU集依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第一PDU集的标识和第二PDU集的标识;第一PDU集依赖信息和第二PDU集依赖信息用于指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first PDU set dependency information, The first PDU set dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the first PDU set, the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second PDU set dependency information, and the second PDU set dependency information includes the first QoS The identity of the flow, the identity of the second QoS flow, the identity of the first PDU set and the identity of the second PDU set; the first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第三PDU集依赖信息,第三PDU集依赖信息中包括关联标识和第一PDU集的标识;承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第四PDU集依赖信息,第四PDU集依赖信息中包括关联标识、第一PDU集的标识和第二PDU集的标识;第三PDU集依赖信息和第四PDU集依赖信息用于指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes third PDU set dependency information, and the third PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set; The data packet includes the fourth PDU set dependency information, and the fourth PDU set dependence information includes the association identifier, the identifier of the first PDU set, and the identifier of the second PDU set; the third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependency information are To indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,收发模块1102用于从会话管理功能网元接收第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息,或者,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一QoS流依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第二QoS流依赖信息;其中,第一QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第一依赖指示信息,第二QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第二依赖指示信息,第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息用于指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow, and the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive the first QoS flow dependency from the session management function network element. information and the second QoS flow dependency information, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first QoS flow dependence information, and the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the second QoS flow dependence information; wherein, the first QoS The flow dependency information includes the identification of the first QoS flow and the first dependence indication information. The second QoS flow dependence information includes the identification of the first QoS flow, the identification of the second QoS flow, the second dependence indication information, and the first dependence indication. The information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets, the first QoS flow dependency information and the The second QoS flow dependency information is used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一QoS流依赖信息中还包括第二QoS流的标识。In a possible implementation, the first QoS flow dependency information also includes an identifier of the second QoS flow.
在一种可能的实施方式中,收发模块1102用于从会话管理功能网元接收第三QoS流依赖信 息和第四QoS流依赖信息,或者,承载第一PDU集的数据包中包括第三QoS流依赖信息,承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括第四QoS流依赖信息;其中,第三QoS流依赖信息中包括第一QoS流的标识、关联标识、第一依赖指示信息,第四QoS流依赖信息中包括第二QoS流的标识、关联标识、第二依赖指示信息,第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息用于指示第二QoS流依赖于第一QoS流。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive the third QoS flow dependency information from the session management function network element. information and the fourth QoS flow dependency information, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the third QoS flow dependency information, and the data packet carrying the second PDU set includes the fourth QoS flow dependency information; wherein, the third QoS The flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and first dependency indication information of the first QoS flow. The fourth QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier, association identifier, and second dependency indication information of the second QoS flow. The first dependency indication information used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets, the second dependency indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets, the third QoS flow dependency information and the fourth The QoS flow dependency information is used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中以及承载第二PDU集的数据包中包括组标识,或者,承载第二PDU集的数据包中还包括第一PDU集的标识,以指示第二PDU集依赖于第一PDU集。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set and the data packet carrying the second PDU set include the group identifier, or the data packet carrying the second PDU set also includes the group identifier of the first PDU set. Identification to indicate that the second set of PDUs is dependent on the first set of PDUs.
在一种可能的实施方式中,承载第一PDU集的数据包中还包括第二PDU集的标识。In a possible implementation, the data packet carrying the first PDU set also includes an identifier of the second PDU set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,收发模块1102用于接收第一QoS流的配置信息,第一QoS流的配置信息包括共享指示信息和QoS参数,共享指示信息用于指示第一QoS流和第二QoS流共享QoS参数。In a possible implementation, the first PDU set is mapped to the first QoS flow, the second PDU set is mapped to the second QoS flow, and the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive the configuration information of the first QoS flow. The first QoS The configuration information of the flow includes sharing indication information and QoS parameters, and the sharing indication information is used to instruct the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow to share QoS parameters.
在一种可能的实施方式中,共享指示信息为关联标识或者第二QoS流的标识;其中,关联标识用于关联所有共享QoS参数的QoS流。In a possible implementation, the sharing indication information is an association identifier or an identifier of the second QoS flow; wherein the association identifier is used to associate all QoS flows that share QoS parameters.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质包括指令,当指令在上述通信装置上运行时,使得该通信装置执行上述方法实施例中的各个步骤,例如执行图3-图8所示的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium includes instructions. When the instructions are run on the above-mentioned communication device, the communication device causes the communication device to perform various steps in the above-mentioned method embodiments, such as executing the steps shown in FIG. 3-The method shown in Figure 8.
本申请实施例还提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当指令在上述通信装置上运行时,使得该通信装置执行上述方法实施例中的各个步骤,例如执行图3-图8所示的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product including instructions. When the instructions are run on the above-mentioned communication device, the communication device causes the communication device to perform various steps in the above-mentioned method embodiments, such as executing the methods shown in Figures 3-8. .
关于芯片系统、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品的技术效果参照前面方法实施例的技术效果。Regarding the technical effects of the chip system, computer-readable storage media, and computer program products, refer to the technical effects of the previous method embodiments.
本申请实施例涉及的处理器可以是一个芯片。例如,可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、片上系统(system on chip,SoC)、中央处理单元(central processor unit,CPU)、网络处理器(network processor,NP)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、微控制单元(micro controller unit,MCU)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。The processor involved in the embodiment of this application may be a chip. For example, it can be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), a central processing unit (CPU) , network processor (network processor, NP), digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), micro control unit (micro controller unit, MCU), programmable logic device (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
本申请实施例涉及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。The memory involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的模块及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can appreciate that the modules and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和模块的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and modules described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、设备和方法,可以通过其它 的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的设备实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个模块或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个设备,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,设备或模块的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be used through other way to achieve. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple modules or components may be combined or can be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的模块可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为模块显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理模块,即可以位于一个设备,或者也可以分布到多个设备上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现本实施例方案的目的。The modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as modules may or may not be physical modules, that is, they may be located on one device, or they may be distributed to multiple devices. Some or all of the modules can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个设备中,也可以是各个模块单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个设备中。In addition, each functional module in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated in one device, or each module can exist physically alone, or two or more modules can be integrated in one device.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or include one or more data storage devices such as servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), etc.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (34)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    接收在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在所述终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,所述第一PDU集和所述第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;Receive a first protocol data unit PDU set of the first service used in the terminal device and a second PDU set of the second service used in the terminal device, wherein the first PDU set and the second PDU set are Mapping to different quality of service QoS flows;
    向接入网网元发送所述第一PDU集;Send the first PDU set to the access network element;
    如果所述第一PDU集传输失败,则根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集。If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, it is determined whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the step of determining whether to send the second PDU to the access network element is based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. set, including:
    根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系重新向所述接入网网元发送所述第一PDU集,并确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集。Resend the first PDU set to the access network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the first PDU set to the access network element. Second PDU set.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the determining whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element includes:
    获取所述接入网网元的空口拥塞信息;Obtain air interface congestion information of the access network element;
    根据所述接入网网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据所述第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集。Determine whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element according to the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or according to the attribute information of the second PDU set.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取所述接入网网元的空口拥塞信息,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the obtaining the air interface congestion information of the access network element includes:
    从所述接入网网元或者会话管理功能网元接收所述空口拥塞信息,或者,通过QoS监测得到所述空口拥塞信息。The air interface congestion information is received from the access network element or the session management function network element, or the air interface congestion information is obtained through QoS monitoring.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述接入网网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据所述第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集,包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that the step of determining whether to send a request to the access network element is based on the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or the attribute information of the second PDU set. The network element sends the second PDU set, including:
    如果所述空口拥塞信息指示所述接入网网元的空口未发生拥塞,则向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集;If the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is not congested, then send the second PDU set to the access network element;
    或者,or,
    如果所述空口拥塞信息指示所述接入网网元的空口发生拥塞,则根据所述第二PDU集的属性信息向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集。If the air interface congestion information indicates that the air interface of the access network element is congested, the second PDU set is sent to the access network element according to the attribute information of the second PDU set.
  6. 根据权利要求2-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述重新向所述接入网网元发送所述第一PDU集,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-5, wherein re-sending the first PDU set to the access network element includes:
    如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则延迟至下一周期的发送时间点重新向所述接入网网元发送所述第一PDU集。If the sending time point of the next cycle is not reached, the first PDU set is re-sent to the access network element after being delayed to the sending time point of the next cycle.
  7. 根据权利要求2-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-6, characterized in that sending the second PDU set to the access network element includes:
    如果未达到下一周期的发送时间点,则延迟至下一周期的发送时间点向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集。If the sending time point of the next cycle has not been reached, sending the second PDU set to the access network element is delayed to the sending time point of the next cycle.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, further comprising:
    如果确定不向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集,向所述接入网网元发送休眠指示信息,所述休眠指示信息用于指示在未来N个周期性的发送时间点不向终端设备发送所述第二PDU集,N为在一段时间内已缓存的所述第二PDU集的个数。If it is determined not to send the second PDU set to the access network element, send sleep indication information to the access network element, where the sleep indication information is used to indicate N periodic sending time points in the future The second PDU set is not sent to the terminal device, and N is the number of the second PDU set that has been cached within a period of time.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,承载所述第一PDU集的数据包中包括所述第一QoS流的标识以及所述第一PDU集的标识;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that the first PDU set is mapped to a first QoS flow, and the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first QoS flow. and the identification of the first PDU set; the method further includes:
    从所述接入网网元接收失败指示消息,所述失败指示消息中包括所述第一QoS流的标识、所述第一PDU集的标识,所述失败指示消息用于指示所述第一PDU集传输失败,接收的所述第一QoS流的标识和所述第一PDU集的标识用于指示用户面功能网元根据所述第一PDU集确定所述第二PDU集。A failure indication message is received from the access network element. The failure indication message includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set. The failure indication message is used to indicate the first The transmission of the PDU set fails, and the received identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set based on the first PDU set.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,承载所述第一PDU集的数据包中包括 所述第一PDU集的标识以及所述第一PDU集的与所述第二PDU集共同对应的关联标识;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes The identifier of the first PDU set and the association identifier of the first PDU set that corresponds to the second PDU set; the method further includes:
    从所述接入网网元接收失败指示消息,所述失败指示消息中包括所述关联标识、所述第一PDU集的标识,所述失败指示消息用于指示所述第一PDU集传输失败,接收的所述关联标识和所述第一PDU集的标识用于指示用户面功能网元根据所述第一PDU集确定所述第二PDU集。A failure indication message is received from the access network element. The failure indication message includes the association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set. The failure indication message is used to indicate that the transmission of the first PDU set fails. , the received association identifier and the identifier of the first PDU set are used to instruct the user plane functional network element to determine the second PDU set according to the first PDU set.
  11. 根据权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-10, characterized in that,
    所述第一PDU集为视频流中的I帧,所述第二PDU集为与所述I帧同组的P帧;The first PDU set is I frames in the video stream, and the second PDU set is P frames in the same group as the I frame;
    或者,所述第一PDU集为视频流中时序靠前的P帧,所述第二PDU集为与所述时序靠前的P帧同组的时序靠后的P帧;Alternatively, the first PDU set is P frames with earlier timing in the video stream, and the second PDU set is P frames with later timing that are in the same group as the P frame with earlier timing;
    或者,所述第一PDU集为视频流中的基础层,所述第二PDU集为视频流中的增强层;Alternatively, the first PDU set is a base layer in the video stream, and the second PDU set is an enhancement layer in the video stream;
    或者,所述第一PDU集为服务于同一用户的视频、音频或触觉中的一个,所述第二PDU集为所述视频、音频、触觉中的其余至少一个。Alternatively, the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptics serving the same user, and the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, and haptics.
  12. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    从用户面功能网元接收在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在所述终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,所述第一PDU集和所述第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;Receive from the user plane functional network element a first protocol data unit PDU set of the first service used in the terminal device and a second PDU set of the second service used in the terminal device, wherein the first PDU set and the The second set of PDUs is mapped to different quality of service QoS flows;
    向所述终端设备发送所述第一PDU集;Send the first PDU set to the terminal device;
    如果所述第一PDU集传输失败,则根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集。If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, it is determined whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集,包括:The method of claim 12, wherein determining whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set includes: :
    根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系重新向所述终端设备发送所述第一PDU集,并确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集。Resend the first PDU set to the terminal device according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determine whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the determining whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device includes:
    根据空口拥塞信息和/或根据所述第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集。Determine whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device according to the air interface congestion information and/or according to the attribute information of the second PDU set.
  15. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,所述第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,The method according to any one of claims 12-14, characterized in that the first PDU set is mapped to a first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to a second QoS flow,
    承载所述第一PDU集的数据包中包括第一PDU集依赖信息,所述第一PDU集依赖信息中包括所述第一QoS流的标识和所述第一PDU集的标识,The data packet carrying the first PDU set includes first PDU set dependency information, and the first PDU set dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and the identifier of the first PDU set,
    承载所述第二PDU集的数据包中包括第二PDU集依赖信息,所述第二PDU集依赖信息中包括所述第一QoS流的标识、所述第二QoS流的标识、所述第一PDU集的标识和所述第二PDU集的标识;The data packet carrying the second PDU set includes second PDU set dependency information, and the second PDU set dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the identifier of the second QoS flow, the An identifier of a PDU set and an identifier of the second PDU set;
    所述第一PDU集依赖信息和所述第二PDU集依赖信息用于指示所述第二PDU集依赖于所述第一PDU集。The first PDU set dependency information and the second PDU set dependency information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  16. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 12-14, characterized in that,
    承载所述第一PDU集的数据包中包括第三PDU集依赖信息,所述第三PDU集依赖信息中包括关联标识和所述第一PDU集的标识;The data packet carrying the first PDU set includes third PDU set dependency information, and the third PDU set dependency information includes an association identifier and an identifier of the first PDU set;
    承载所述第二PDU集的数据包中包括第四PDU集依赖信息,所述第四PDU集依赖信息中包括所述关联标识、所述第一PDU集的标识和所述第二PDU集的标识;The data packet carrying the second PDU set includes fourth PDU set dependency information, and the fourth PDU set dependency information includes the association identifier, the identifier of the first PDU set, and the identifier of the second PDU set. logo;
    所述第三PDU集依赖信息和所述第四PDU集依赖信息用于指示所述第二PDU集依赖于所述第一PDU集。The third PDU set dependency information and the fourth PDU set dependence information are used to indicate that the second PDU set depends on the first PDU set.
  17. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,所述第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-14, characterized in that the first PDU set is mapped to a first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to a second QoS flow, the method further include:
    从会话管理功能网元接收第一QoS流依赖信息和第二QoS流依赖信息,或者,承载所述第一PDU集的数据包中包括所述第一QoS流依赖信息,承载所述第二PDU集的数据包中包括所述第 二QoS流依赖信息;Receive the first QoS flow dependency information and the second QoS flow dependency information from the session management function network element, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the first QoS flow dependence information and carries the second PDU The set of packets includes the 2. QoS flow dependency information;
    其中,所述第一QoS流依赖信息中包括所述第一QoS流的标识、第一依赖指示信息,所述第二QoS流依赖信息中包括所述第一QoS流的标识、所述第二QoS流的标识、第二依赖指示信息,所述第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至所述第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,所述第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至所述第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,所述第一QoS流依赖信息和所述第二QoS流依赖信息用于指示所述第二QoS流依赖于所述第一QoS流。Wherein, the first QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow and first dependency indication information, and the second QoS flow dependency information includes the identifier of the first QoS flow, the second QoS flow dependency information. The identifier of the QoS flow and the second dependency indication information. The first dependence indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets. The second dependence indication information is used to indicate the mapping to The PDU set of the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets, and the first QoS flow dependency information and the second QoS flow dependence information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一QoS流依赖信息中还包括所述第二QoS流的标识。The method according to claim 17, wherein the first QoS flow dependency information further includes an identifier of the second QoS flow.
  19. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,所述第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-14, characterized in that the first PDU set is mapped to a first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to a second QoS flow, the method further include:
    从会话管理功能网元接收第三QoS流依赖信息和第四QoS流依赖信息,或者,承载所述第一PDU集的数据包中包括所述第三QoS流依赖信息,承载所述第二PDU集的数据包中包括所述第四QoS流依赖信息;Receive the third QoS flow dependency information and the fourth QoS flow dependency information from the session management function network element, or the data packet carrying the first PDU set includes the third QoS flow dependence information and carries the second PDU The set of data packets includes the fourth QoS flow dependency information;
    其中,所述第三QoS流依赖信息中包括所述第一QoS流的标识、关联标识、第一依赖指示信息,所述第四QoS流依赖信息中包括第二QoS流的标识、所述关联标识、第二依赖指示信息,所述第一依赖指示信息用于指示映射至所述第一QoS流的PDU集被其他PDU集依赖,所述第二依赖指示信息用于指示映射至所述第二QoS流的PDU集依赖于其他PDU集,所述第三QoS流依赖信息和所述第四QoS流依赖信息用于指示所述第二QoS流依赖于所述第一QoS流。Wherein, the third QoS flow dependency information includes the identification, association identification and first dependence indication information of the first QoS flow, and the fourth QoS flow dependence information includes the identification of the second QoS flow, the association identification and second dependency indication information. The first dependence indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on other PDU sets. The second dependence indication information is used to indicate that the PDU set mapped to the first QoS flow is dependent on the first QoS flow. The PDU set of the second QoS flow depends on other PDU sets, and the third QoS flow dependency information and the fourth QoS flow dependence information are used to indicate that the second QoS flow depends on the first QoS flow.
  20. 根据权利要求17-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 17-19, characterized in that,
    承载所述第一PDU集的数据包中以及承载所述第二PDU集的数据包中包括组标识,或者,承载所述第二PDU集的数据包中还包括所述第一PDU集的标识,以指示所述第二PDU集依赖于所述第一PDU集。The data packet carrying the first PDU set and the data packet carrying the second PDU set include a group identifier, or the data packet carrying the second PDU set also includes an identifier of the first PDU set. , to indicate that the second set of PDUs depends on the first set of PDUs.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,承载所述第一PDU集的数据包中还包括所述第二PDU集的标识。The method according to claim 20, characterized in that the data packet carrying the first PDU set further includes an identifier of the second PDU set.
  22. 根据权利要求12-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一PDU集被映射至第一QoS流,所述第二PDU集被映射至第二QoS流,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-21, characterized in that the first PDU set is mapped to a first QoS flow, and the second PDU set is mapped to a second QoS flow, and the method further include:
    接收第一QoS流的配置信息,所述第一QoS流的配置信息包括共享指示信息和QoS参数,所述共享指示信息用于指示所述第一QoS流和所述第二QoS流共享所述QoS参数。Receive configuration information of the first QoS flow. The configuration information of the first QoS flow includes sharing indication information and QoS parameters. The sharing indication information is used to indicate that the first QoS flow and the second QoS flow share the QoS parameters.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述共享指示信息为关联标识或者所述第二QoS流的标识;The method according to claim 22, characterized in that the sharing indication information is an association identifier or an identifier of the second QoS flow;
    其中,所述关联标识用于关联所有共享QoS参数的QoS流。Wherein, the association identifier is used to associate all QoS flows that share QoS parameters.
  24. 根据权利要求12-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 12-23, characterized in that,
    所述第一PDU集为视频流中的I帧,所述第二PDU集为与所述I帧同组的P帧;The first PDU set is I frames in the video stream, and the second PDU set is P frames in the same group as the I frame;
    或者,所述第一PDU集为视频流中时序靠前的P帧,所述第二PDU集为与所述时序靠前的P帧同组的时序靠后的P帧;Alternatively, the first PDU set is P frames with earlier timing in the video stream, and the second PDU set is P frames with later timing that are in the same group as the P frame with earlier timing;
    或者,所述第一PDU集为视频流中的基础层,所述第二PDU集为视频流中的增强层;Alternatively, the first PDU set is a base layer in the video stream, and the second PDU set is an enhancement layer in the video stream;
    或者,所述第一PDU集为服务于同一用户的视频、音频或触觉中的一个,所述第二PDU集为所述视频、音频、触觉中的其余至少一个。Alternatively, the first PDU set is one of video, audio, or haptics serving the same user, and the second PDU set is at least one of the remaining video, audio, and haptics.
  25. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    用户面功能网元接收在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在所述终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,所述第一PDU集和所述第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;The user plane functional network element receives the first protocol data unit PDU set of the first service used by the terminal device and the second PDU set of the second service used by the terminal device, wherein the first PDU set and the The second set of PDUs is mapped to different quality of service QoS flows;
    所述用户面网元向接入网网元发送所述第一PDU集;The user plane network element sends the first PDU set to the access network element;
    所述接入网网元接收来自所述用户面网元的所述第一PDU集,并向所述终端设备发送所述第一PDU集;The access network element receives the first PDU set from the user plane network element and sends the first PDU set to the terminal device;
    如果所述第一PDU集传输失败,则所述用户面功能网元根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集。 If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the user plane function network element determines whether to send the access network element to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. Second PDU set.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户面功能网元根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集,包括:The method according to claim 25, characterized in that the user plane functional network element determines whether to send data to the access network element based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. The second PDU set includes:
    所述用户面功能网元根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系重新向所述接入网网元发送所述第一PDU集,并确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集。The user plane functional network element resends the first PDU set to the access network element according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determines whether to send the first PDU set to the access network element. The network element entering the network sends the second PDU set.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集,包括:The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the determining whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element includes:
    所述用户面功能网元获取所述接入网网元的空口拥塞信息;The user plane function network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element;
    所述用户面功能网元根据所述接入网网元的空口拥塞信息和/或根据所述第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向所述接入网网元发送所述第二PDU集。The user plane functional network element determines whether to send the second PDU set to the access network element according to the air interface congestion information of the access network element and/or according to the attribute information of the second PDU set. .
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户面功能网元获取所述接入网网元的空口拥塞信息,包括:The method according to claim 27, characterized in that the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information of the access network element, including:
    所述用户面功能网元从所述接入网网元或者会话管理功能网元接收所述空口拥塞信息,或者,所述用户面功能网元通过QoS监测得到所述空口拥塞信息。The user plane functional network element receives the air interface congestion information from the access network element or the session management function network element, or the user plane functional network element obtains the air interface congestion information through QoS monitoring.
  29. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    用户面功能网元向接入网网元发送在终端设备使用的第一业务的第一协议数据单元PDU集和在所述终端设备使用的第二业务的第二PDU集,其中,所述第一PDU集和所述第二PDU集被映射至不同服务质量QoS流;The user plane functional network element sends the first protocol data unit PDU set of the first service used in the terminal equipment and the second PDU set of the second service used in the terminal equipment to the access network element, wherein the first protocol data unit PDU set is used in the terminal equipment. A set of PDUs and the second set of PDUs are mapped to different quality of service QoS flows;
    所述接入网网元接收来自所述用户面功能网元的所述第一PDU集和所述第二PDU集,并向所述终端设备发送所述第一PDU集;The access network element receives the first PDU set and the second PDU set from the user plane functional network element, and sends the first PDU set to the terminal device;
    如果所述第一PDU集传输失败,则所述接入网网元根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集。If the transmission of the first PDU set fails, the access network element determines whether to send the second PDU to the terminal device according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. set.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网网元根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集,包括:The method according to claim 29, characterized in that the access network element determines whether to send the third PDU set to the terminal device based on the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set. Two PDU sets, including:
    所述接入网网元根据所述第二PDU集与所述第一PDU集之间的依赖关系重新向所述终端设备发送所述第一PDU集,并确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集。The access network element re-sends the first PDU set to the terminal device according to the dependency relationship between the second PDU set and the first PDU set, and determines whether to send the first PDU set to the terminal device. Describe the second PDU set.
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集,包括:所述接入网网元根据空口拥塞信息和/或根据所述第二PDU集的属性信息来确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述第二PDU集。The method according to claim 29 or 30, characterized in that the determining whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device includes: the access network element based on air interface congestion information and/or based on the The attribute information of the second PDU set is used to determine whether to send the second PDU set to the terminal device.
  32. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储指令,当所述处理器执行所述指令时,如权利要求1-24任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processor and a memory, instructions are stored in the memory, and when the processor executes the instructions, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 24 is executed.
  33. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求32所述的通信装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the communication device according to claim 32.
  34. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当所述指令在通信装置上执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-24任一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising instructions that, when executed on a communication device, cause the communication device to perform the method according to any one of claims 1-24.
PCT/CN2023/103520 2022-09-14 2023-06-28 Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system WO2024055692A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211116854.7 2022-09-14
CN202211116854.7A CN117750424A (en) 2022-09-14 2022-09-14 Communication method, communication device and communication system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024055692A1 true WO2024055692A1 (en) 2024-03-21

Family

ID=90254978

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/103520 WO2024055692A1 (en) 2022-09-14 2023-06-28 Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117750424A (en)
WO (1) WO2024055692A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6512747B1 (en) * 1998-03-05 2003-01-28 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation ATM transmission system
CN1902850A (en) * 2003-12-29 2007-01-24 艾利森电话股份有限公司 Method and arrangement for ARQ data transmission
CN1976479A (en) * 2005-11-15 2007-06-06 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting data in wireless network
CN114268991A (en) * 2021-12-27 2022-04-01 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Data transmission method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
WO2022142835A1 (en) * 2021-01-04 2022-07-07 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus, computer-readable storage medium, electronic device, and computer program product
WO2022142885A1 (en) * 2021-01-04 2022-07-07 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus, computer-readable storage medium, electronic device, and computer program product

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6512747B1 (en) * 1998-03-05 2003-01-28 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation ATM transmission system
CN1902850A (en) * 2003-12-29 2007-01-24 艾利森电话股份有限公司 Method and arrangement for ARQ data transmission
CN1976479A (en) * 2005-11-15 2007-06-06 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting data in wireless network
WO2022142835A1 (en) * 2021-01-04 2022-07-07 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus, computer-readable storage medium, electronic device, and computer program product
WO2022142885A1 (en) * 2021-01-04 2022-07-07 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus, computer-readable storage medium, electronic device, and computer program product
CN114268991A (en) * 2021-12-27 2022-04-01 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Data transmission method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117750424A (en) 2024-03-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2022095716A (en) Communication method and related product
WO2021032131A1 (en) User plane information reporting method and apparatus
WO2019141273A1 (en) Communication method for deterministic transmission and related apparatus
WO2022088833A1 (en) Method for transmitting data packet of media stream, and communication apparatus
WO2021135650A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019001391A1 (en) Radio resource scheduling method, video terminal, and access network device
WO2023284551A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
US20230050923A1 (en) Media packet transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2023088009A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
CN113473525A (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2024055692A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system
US20220210690A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, system, and storage medium
KR102179212B1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control information
WO2021238318A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN114846774B (en) Communication method and device
EP3881459B1 (en) Method and apparatus for efficient delivery of source and forward error correction streams in systems supporting mixed unicast multicast transmission
CN115250506A (en) Communication method and device
CN115250537A (en) Communication method and device
WO2024055871A1 (en) Data transmission method in communication system, and communication apparatus
WO2023011100A1 (en) Resource allocation method and related apparatus
WO2024016279A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium, chip, product and program
WO2023185608A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
CN114928554B (en) Video transmission method, device and storage medium
EP4311298A1 (en) Communication method, and device
WO2022237505A1 (en) Communication method, device and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23864431

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1